CA1275231C - Capillary flow device - Google Patents
Capillary flow deviceInfo
- Publication number
- CA1275231C CA1275231C CA 514890 CA514890A CA1275231C CA 1275231 C CA1275231 C CA 1275231C CA 514890 CA514890 CA 514890 CA 514890 A CA514890 A CA 514890A CA 1275231 C CA1275231 C CA 1275231C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- capillary
- chamber
- reagent
- analyte
- light
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 113
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 78
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 86
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 claims description 72
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 37
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Chemical compound C=CC=C.C=CC#N.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XECAHXYUAAWDEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 229920000122 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000001020 plasma etching Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000002858 crystal cell Anatomy 0.000 claims 4
- 230000036647 reaction Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 abstract description 24
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 210000001736 capillary Anatomy 0.000 description 168
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 79
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 66
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 65
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 22
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 21
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 21
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 20
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000002320 radius Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- PGOHTUIFYSHAQG-LJSDBVFPSA-N (2S)-6-amino-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-4-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-sulfanylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-carboxybutanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1cnc[nH]1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O PGOHTUIFYSHAQG-LJSDBVFPSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010000499 Thromboplastin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000002262 Thromboplastin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 101100536354 Drosophila melanogaster tant gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 240000004543 Vicia ervilia Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940125532 enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- KRTSDMXIXPKRQR-AATRIKPKSA-N monocrotophos Chemical compound CNC(=O)\C=C(/C)OP(=O)(OC)OC KRTSDMXIXPKRQR-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920005644 polyethylene terephthalate glycol copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- -1 ~teroid~ Substances 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000007327 Protamines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010007568 Protamines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010094028 Prothrombin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100027378 Prothrombin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- WYTGDNHDOZPMIW-RCBQFDQVSA-N alstonine Natural products C1=CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=NC2=C2N1C[C@H]1[C@H](C)OC=C(C(=O)OC)[C@H]1C2 WYTGDNHDOZPMIW-RCBQFDQVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009582 blood typing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229950008679 protamine sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940039716 prothrombin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000010110 spontaneous platelet aggregation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000638 styrene acrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HLCHESOMJVGDSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiq Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1CC(C(=O)N1CCC(CN2N=CN=C2)(CC1)C1CCCCC1)NC(=O)C1NCC2=CC=CC=C2C1 HLCHESOMJVGDSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960005080 warfarin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N warfarin Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 2
- WEEMDRWIKYCTQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethoxybenzenecarbothioamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(N)=S WEEMDRWIKYCTQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABAFKQHGFDZEJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptane-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1C2C(C)(C)C1CCC2(C)C=O ABAFKQHGFDZEJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N AsGa Chemical compound [As]#[Ga] JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100087530 Caenorhabditis elegans rom-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000253350 Capillaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000966 Enoplida Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010062466 Enzyme Precursors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010911 Enzyme Precursors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010058861 Fibrin Fibrinogen Degradation Products Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical class CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001218 Gallium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000209 Hexadimethrine bromide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100536883 Legionella pneumophila subsp. pneumophila (strain Philadelphia 1 / ATCC 33152 / DSM 7513) thi5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100305983 Mus musculus Rom1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000609499 Palicourea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186704 Pinales Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100240664 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) nmt1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000212342 Sium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010023197 Streptokinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000950638 Symphysodon discus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100036378 T-cell immunomodulatory protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710194900 T-cell immunomodulatory protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003448 Vitamin K Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012042 active reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012863 analytical testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001455 anti-clotting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127090 anticoagulant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127218 antiplatelet drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004820 blood count Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005465 channeling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150089047 cutA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007857 degradation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000023077 detection of light stimulus Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylacetone Natural products CCC(=O)CC FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001037 epileptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006624 extrinsic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000416 exudates and transudate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000208 fibrin degradation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035931 haemagglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005534 hematocrit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002607 heparin antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002923 metal particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- HCTVWSOKIJULET-LQDWTQKMSA-M phenoxymethylpenicillin potassium Chemical compound [K+].N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C([O-])=O)(C)C)C(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 HCTVWSOKIJULET-LQDWTQKMSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SHUZOJHMOBOZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N phylloquinone Natural products CC(C)CCCCC(C)CCC(C)CCCC(=CCC1=C(C)C(=O)c2ccccc2C1=O)C SHUZOJHMOBOZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000106 platelet aggregation inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940089531 polyethylene glycol 3500 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004445 quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000002020 sage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005202 streptokinase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002385 streptomycin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011145 styrene acrylonitrile resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012976 tarts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007666 vacuum forming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019168 vitamin K Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011712 vitamin K Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003721 vitamin K derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940046010 vitamin k Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/483—Physical analysis of biological material
- G01N33/487—Physical analysis of biological material of liquid biological material
- G01N33/49—Blood
- G01N33/4905—Determining clotting time of blood
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F25/00—Flow mixers; Mixers for falling materials, e.g. solid particles
- B01F25/40—Static mixers
- B01F25/42—Static mixers in which the mixing is affected by moving the components jointly in changing directions, e.g. in tubes provided with baffles or obstructions
- B01F25/43—Mixing tubes, e.g. wherein the material is moved in a radial or partly reversed direction
- B01F25/431—Straight mixing tubes with baffles or obstructions that do not cause substantial pressure drop; Baffles therefor
- B01F25/4316—Straight mixing tubes with baffles or obstructions that do not cause substantial pressure drop; Baffles therefor the baffles being flat pieces of material, e.g. intermeshing, fixed to the wall or fixed on a central rod
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F25/00—Flow mixers; Mixers for falling materials, e.g. solid particles
- B01F25/40—Static mixers
- B01F25/42—Static mixers in which the mixing is affected by moving the components jointly in changing directions, e.g. in tubes provided with baffles or obstructions
- B01F25/43—Mixing tubes, e.g. wherein the material is moved in a radial or partly reversed direction
- B01F25/433—Mixing tubes wherein the shape of the tube influences the mixing, e.g. mixing tubes with varying cross-section or provided with inwardly extending profiles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F25/00—Flow mixers; Mixers for falling materials, e.g. solid particles
- B01F25/40—Static mixers
- B01F25/42—Static mixers in which the mixing is affected by moving the components jointly in changing directions, e.g. in tubes provided with baffles or obstructions
- B01F25/43—Mixing tubes, e.g. wherein the material is moved in a radial or partly reversed direction
- B01F25/433—Mixing tubes wherein the shape of the tube influences the mixing, e.g. mixing tubes with varying cross-section or provided with inwardly extending profiles
- B01F25/4338—Mixers with a succession of converging-diverging cross-sections, i.e. undulating cross-section
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F33/00—Other mixers; Mixing plants; Combinations of mixers
- B01F33/30—Micromixers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F35/00—Accessories for mixers; Auxiliary operations or auxiliary devices; Parts or details of general application
- B01F35/71—Feed mechanisms
- B01F35/717—Feed mechanisms characterised by the means for feeding the components to the mixer
- B01F35/7172—Feed mechanisms characterised by the means for feeding the components to the mixer using capillary forces
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L3/00—Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
- B01L3/50—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
- B01L3/502—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
- B01L3/5027—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
- B01L3/50273—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by the means or forces applied to move the fluids
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L3/00—Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
- B01L3/50—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
- B01L3/502—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
- B01L3/5027—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
- B01L3/502746—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by the means for controlling flow resistance, e.g. flow controllers, baffles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
- B29C65/02—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure
- B29C65/08—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure using ultrasonic vibrations
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/302—Particular design of joint configurations the area to be joined comprising melt initiators
- B29C66/3022—Particular design of joint configurations the area to be joined comprising melt initiators said melt initiators being integral with at least one of the parts to be joined
- B29C66/30223—Particular design of joint configurations the area to be joined comprising melt initiators said melt initiators being integral with at least one of the parts to be joined said melt initiators being rib-like
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/50—General aspects of joining tubular articles; General aspects of joining long products, i.e. bars or profiled elements; General aspects of joining single elements to tubular articles, hollow articles or bars; General aspects of joining several hollow-preforms to form hollow or tubular articles
- B29C66/51—Joining tubular articles, profiled elements or bars; Joining single elements to tubular articles, hollow articles or bars; Joining several hollow-preforms to form hollow or tubular articles
- B29C66/54—Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-shells, to form hollow articles, e.g. for making balls, containers; Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/70—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
- B29C66/71—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the composition of the plastics material of the parts to be joined
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/75—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated
- G01N21/77—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator
- G01N21/82—Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated by observing the effect on a chemical indicator producing a precipitate or turbidity
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F21/00—Dissolving
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F2101/00—Mixing characterised by the nature of the mixed materials or by the application field
- B01F2101/23—Mixing of laboratory samples e.g. in preparation of analysing or testing properties of materials
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01F—MIXING, e.g. DISSOLVING, EMULSIFYING OR DISPERSING
- B01F23/00—Mixing according to the phases to be mixed, e.g. dispersing or emulsifying
- B01F23/50—Mixing liquids with solids
- B01F23/56—Mixing liquids with solids by introducing solids in liquids, e.g. dispersing or dissolving
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2200/00—Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
- B01L2200/06—Fluid handling related problems
- B01L2200/0689—Sealing
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/08—Geometry, shape and general structure
- B01L2300/0809—Geometry, shape and general structure rectangular shaped
- B01L2300/0816—Cards, e.g. flat sample carriers usually with flow in two horizontal directions
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/08—Geometry, shape and general structure
- B01L2300/0861—Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/08—Geometry, shape and general structure
- B01L2300/0887—Laminated structure
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2400/00—Moving or stopping fluids
- B01L2400/04—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
- B01L2400/0403—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces
- B01L2400/0406—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces capillary forces
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2400/00—Moving or stopping fluids
- B01L2400/06—Valves, specific forms thereof
- B01L2400/0694—Valves, specific forms thereof vents used to stop and induce flow, backpressure valves
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C45/00—Injection moulding, i.e. forcing the required volume of moulding material through a nozzle into a closed mould; Apparatus therefor
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C59/00—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor
- B29C59/16—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by wave energy or particle radiation, e.g. infrared heating
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
- B29C65/48—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using adhesives, i.e. using supplementary joining material; solvent bonding
- B29C65/4895—Solvent bonding, i.e. the surfaces of the parts to be joined being treated with solvents, swelling or softening agents, without adhesives
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/90—Measuring or controlling the joining process
- B29C66/95—Measuring or controlling the joining process by measuring or controlling specific variables not covered by groups B29C66/91 - B29C66/94
- B29C66/951—Measuring or controlling the joining process by measuring or controlling specific variables not covered by groups B29C66/91 - B29C66/94 by measuring or controlling the vibration frequency and/or the vibration amplitude of vibrating joining tools, e.g. of ultrasonic welding tools
- B29C66/9513—Measuring or controlling the joining process by measuring or controlling specific variables not covered by groups B29C66/91 - B29C66/94 by measuring or controlling the vibration frequency and/or the vibration amplitude of vibrating joining tools, e.g. of ultrasonic welding tools characterised by specific vibration frequency values or ranges
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2055/00—Use of specific polymers obtained by polymerisation reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, not provided for in a single one of main groups B29K2023/00 - B29K2049/00, e.g. having a vinyl group, as moulding material
- B29K2055/02—ABS polymers, i.e. acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene polymers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29L—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
- B29L2031/00—Other particular articles
- B29L2031/756—Microarticles, nanoarticles
-
- G01N2015/1016—
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/01—Arrangements or apparatus for facilitating the optical investigation
- G01N21/03—Cuvette constructions
- G01N2021/0346—Capillary cells; Microcells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N35/00—Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
- G01N2035/00465—Separating and mixing arrangements
- G01N2035/00514—Stationary mixing elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/17—Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of the material investigated
- G01N21/47—Scattering, i.e. diffuse reflection
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/17—Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of the material investigated
- G01N21/47—Scattering, i.e. diffuse reflection
- G01N21/49—Scattering, i.e. diffuse reflection within a body or fluid
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54366—Apparatus specially adapted for solid-phase testing
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S366/00—Agitating
- Y10S366/03—Micromixers: variable geometry from the pathway influences mixing/agitation of non-laminar fluid flow
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S435/00—Chemistry: molecular biology and microbiology
- Y10S435/81—Packaged device or kit
Abstract
CAPILLARY FLOW DEVICE
ABSTRACT OF THE DISCLOSURE
Novel methods and devices are provided involving at least one chamber, at least one capillary, and at least one reagent involved in a system providing for a detectable signal. As appropriate, the devices provide for measuring a sample, mixing the sample with reagents, defining a flow path, and reading the result.
Of particular interest is the use of combinations of specific binding pair members which result in agglutination information, where the resulting agglutination particles may provide for changes in flow rate, light patterns of a flowing medium, or light absorption or scattering. A fabrication technique particularly suited for forming internal chambers in plastic devices is also described along with various control devices for use with the basic device.
ABSTRACT OF THE DISCLOSURE
Novel methods and devices are provided involving at least one chamber, at least one capillary, and at least one reagent involved in a system providing for a detectable signal. As appropriate, the devices provide for measuring a sample, mixing the sample with reagents, defining a flow path, and reading the result.
Of particular interest is the use of combinations of specific binding pair members which result in agglutination information, where the resulting agglutination particles may provide for changes in flow rate, light patterns of a flowing medium, or light absorption or scattering. A fabrication technique particularly suited for forming internal chambers in plastic devices is also described along with various control devices for use with the basic device.
Description
CAPILLARY FLOW DE~ICE
S
This invention is related to te ting device~
having internal chambers into whlch fluids are drawn by capillary action, to methods o~ using such devices, and to methods of manufacturlng ~uch devices.
In the development of the diagnostic~ field, there ha3 been explo~ive growth in the number of substances to be determlned. For the mo~t part, the medical rield has looked to clinical laboratories ror the~e determination~. The clinical laboratorie~ have been dependent upon expen3ive ~ophi~ticated equipment and highly trained technical help to ful~ill the , ~ani~old need~ o~ the medical community. However, in a highly automated clinical laboratory, there i~
substantial need to perform one or a rew a~say3 on a ~tat ba3i3 with mlnimum equipment.
There i3 al~o an expanding need for having analytical capabilities in doctors' of~ices and in the home. There is a continuing need to monitor the level o~ dru~ admini~tered to people with chronic illnesses, ~uch a~ dlabeticq, asthmatics, epileptics, and cardiac patients, as lt appear~ in a phy~iological ~luid, 3uch as blood. Test~ of interest lnclude prothrombln tlme, po~a~sium ion, and cholesterol. Determining red-blood-cell count lq al~Q a common teqt~ In the ca~e o~
dia~e~ic patlents, lt is necessary to determlne sugar le~el in urine or blood.
~r~
, . . . .: . . . ~ , ~
-.. . . -. : ~
., , , . . , , , ~ . ..
' . . - ' ' ' ' .
S.c~3~
Numerou3 approaches have been developed toward this end, depending to varying degrees on in~trumental or visual ob ervation of the result.
Typical of these are the 30 called "dip-stick"
5 method~. The~e methods generally employ a pla~tic ~trip with a reagent-containing matrix layered thereon. Sample i~ applied to the strip and the presence or absence o~ a analyte is indicated by a color-forming reaction. ~hile ~uch devices have proven 10 u~eful ~or the qualitative determination of the presence of analyte~ in urine and can even be u~ed for rough quantitative analysis, they are not particularly useful w~th whole blood because of the interferring effects of red blood cells, nor are they useful ~or 5 making fine quantitative distinction~. Accordingly, there remains a need for the development of method~ and devices capable o~ analyzing whole blood and other complex ~amples rapidly with a minimum of user manipulation~.
Many ~mall device~ in the analytical area depend on the use of plaqtics having specified characteri3tics, such as optical transparency and machinability. Machinability refers here to the ability to produce chamber~, channel~, and openings o~
25 prescribed dlmensions within the pla~tic de~ice.
Although numerous pla~tic devices have been devi3ed, the fabricatlon technique~ are not interchangeable becau3e o~ di~ference~ in She devices or the de~ired measuring result. This i~ partlcularly true for 3 device~ containing channel3 or other chamber~ of small dimen~ions internally in the plaqtic material. The ~ine channels are difficult to produce entirely within a plastlc matrix and, if prepared in the ~urface of two matrices to be sealed to each other, are readily de~ormed during many sealing proces~e~.
. ., .
'7~5'~3~
Accordingly, there remain~ a need for new devices for u~e ln method of rapid analytical testing and for new methods o~ producing these devices.
Power~ et al., IEEE Trans._ on Biomedical En~r. t1983) BME-30-228, de3cribes deteoting a ~peckle pattern rcr determining platelet aggregation J a~ does Reynold3, Light Scattering Detection o~ Thromboemboli, Trans. 11th Annual Mtg. o~ the Soc. for Biomaterials, San Diego, CA, April 25-28, 1985. Reynolds and Simon, Transfuslon ~1980) 20:669-677, de~cribes size distribution ~aasurement~ of microaggregates in stored blood. 0~ intere~t ~n the 3ame area are U.S. Patent Nos. 2,616,796; 3,810,010; 3,915,652; 4,040,742;
4,091,802; and 4,142,796. U.S. Patent No. 4,519,239 de~cribes an apparatus for determining flow ~hear stress o~ suspen~ion~ in ~lood. Ab Leo sell3 the HemoCueTM device ~or mea~uring hemoglobin. Also, see U.S. Patent No. 4,088,448, which de~cribes a cuvette ~or ~ampllng with a cavity which i3 de~ined in ~uoh a manner a~ to draw into the cavity a sample in an amount which is exactly determined in relation to the volume Or the cavity by capillary rorce. Numerous pla~tlc as~embly techniques, particularly ultrasonic~ plastic asqembly, is described in a book of the same name publi~hed by Bran~on Sonic Power Company, Danbury, Connectiout, 1979. Gallagan, Plastics En~ineerin~, August 1985, 35-37 al~o de~cribes ultra~onLc welding Or pla9tic~. U.S. Patent 3,376,208 describes corona discharge, although ~or a different purpose. U~S.
Patent 3,376,208 describes the use of an electric dlschar~e to modi~y a film ~urface. A device used to transport liquids by capillary flow is described ln U.S. Patent 4, 233,029.
. . ~ . .. . ,. . ~ .
.. ,: ' ' , - , , :"; ' . . : , ..
' The present inventlon provldes fabricatlon techniques, the resulting devices, and techniques related to the use Or ~uch device~ ln which a defined chamber or channel i~ prepared within the internal space Or a ~olid device. The devices typically call ror the u~e o~ capillary ~orce to draw a sample into the internal chambers of a pla tic device. Such capillary flow devices, particularly capillary flow dev~ces designed for a constant ~low rate, typically lnclude at least one capillary acting as a pu~p, usually ror controlling the volume of the sample and the tlme period ~or reaction, a chamber, an lnlet port, a vent, and a reagent in proximity to at least one sur~ace of the devlce. The capillary and chamber provide rOr capillary flow due to sur~ace action and ~or mixing o~ the assay medium with the reagent. The reagent iq part o~ a detection system, whereby a detectable result occurs in relation to the pre-~ence of 2~ an analyte. The device and the corresponding method can be u~ed with a wide variety of ~luid3, particularly physiological fluids, for detection of drugs, pathogen~, material~ endogenou3 to a host, or the like. In mo~t ca3es an optical measurement 19 being ~ade, which requires the selection o~ a tran3parent material. Devices Or unusually advantageous properties can be prepared by in~ection molding acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer tA~S) 90 as to form a depression Or defined dimenqion~ in the surface of at least one race Or the polymer, increasing wettability Or the ~urface ln at least those portion~ de~ined by the depression u~lng either plasma etching or corona discharge, providing energy directing ridges proJecting ~rom the sur~ace Or the plastic ad~acent to the depres3ion or ln a second piece Or plastic 90 3haped as to contact the area ad~acent to the depressions in the pla~tic surrac~, and ultrasonlcally weldlng the two . .
"
.
. ' .' ' ~, ~ .' '." ' '- ~ ' ' . ~. . ' . :
~ 7S~
pla3tic .qurfaces ao as to produce an internal chamber or channel o~ derined dlmen~ion~ having an air-tlght 3eal around the perimeter or the re~ulting chamber.
Although the rabrication method can be used to produce internal chambers o~ any dlmen~ion, the method i~
partlcularly ~uitable rOr the production Or chambers and channel~ of small dimen~ions that are 3uitable rOr inducing capillary flow.
Aspects of the invention are illustrated, merely by way of example, in the drawings, in which:
3o .
: . . . : ~
Figures 1A and 1B are plan views Or two embodiments o~ the subject Lnvention, Flg. lA employing a single c~pillary and chamber and Fi8. 18 employing two capillarie ~eparated by a chamber~
Figure~ 2A and Z8 are a plan view and a ~ide elevational view o~ a device employlng three chambers.
Figure 3 is a plan view of a device ror a plurality of ~imultaneou~ determination~.
Figure 4 i-~ a plan vi0w o~ an alternate embodiment, where the sample i~ dLvided into two separate channel~.
Figure 5 is a plan vlew of an alternate t embodiment employing an extended capillary path.
Fisure 6 i~ a cross-~ectional view of an embodiment showing the location o~ channel~ and energy dlrecting ridges during the fabrication procesa.
Figure 7 i9 a block diagram oY an electronic circuit ~uitable for use ln an electronic capill~ry cartidge device to simulate the pas~age Or blood through a capillary in a control cycle.
Figure 8 ic a diagram of the physical location and electronlc circui~ry of a detector capable o~ determining depletion of sample ~n a re3ervoir Or a capillary deviGe.
Thi invention provide~ de~lces and methods, where the devices rely upon capillarie~, chambers, and orifice~ to pump rluid9; to control measurement o~
rluids, reaction times, and mixing Or reagents; and to determine a de~ectable ~ignal. By ~arylng the path through which the fluid flow~, one can provide ~or a Yarlety o~ activltie~, such as mixing, incubating and detectin~. The method~ may in~olve the binding ~f ha~olo~ou3 member~ oY a spQcl~ic binding palr, resultlng ln complex rormatlon. The complex rormation . :
S
This invention is related to te ting device~
having internal chambers into whlch fluids are drawn by capillary action, to methods o~ using such devices, and to methods of manufacturlng ~uch devices.
In the development of the diagnostic~ field, there ha3 been explo~ive growth in the number of substances to be determlned. For the mo~t part, the medical rield has looked to clinical laboratories ror the~e determination~. The clinical laboratorie~ have been dependent upon expen3ive ~ophi~ticated equipment and highly trained technical help to ful~ill the , ~ani~old need~ o~ the medical community. However, in a highly automated clinical laboratory, there i~
substantial need to perform one or a rew a~say3 on a ~tat ba3i3 with mlnimum equipment.
There i3 al~o an expanding need for having analytical capabilities in doctors' of~ices and in the home. There is a continuing need to monitor the level o~ dru~ admini~tered to people with chronic illnesses, ~uch a~ dlabeticq, asthmatics, epileptics, and cardiac patients, as lt appear~ in a phy~iological ~luid, 3uch as blood. Test~ of interest lnclude prothrombln tlme, po~a~sium ion, and cholesterol. Determining red-blood-cell count lq al~Q a common teqt~ In the ca~e o~
dia~e~ic patlents, lt is necessary to determlne sugar le~el in urine or blood.
~r~
, . . . .: . . . ~ , ~
-.. . . -. : ~
., , , . . , , , ~ . ..
' . . - ' ' ' ' .
S.c~3~
Numerou3 approaches have been developed toward this end, depending to varying degrees on in~trumental or visual ob ervation of the result.
Typical of these are the 30 called "dip-stick"
5 method~. The~e methods generally employ a pla~tic ~trip with a reagent-containing matrix layered thereon. Sample i~ applied to the strip and the presence or absence o~ a analyte is indicated by a color-forming reaction. ~hile ~uch devices have proven 10 u~eful ~or the qualitative determination of the presence of analyte~ in urine and can even be u~ed for rough quantitative analysis, they are not particularly useful w~th whole blood because of the interferring effects of red blood cells, nor are they useful ~or 5 making fine quantitative distinction~. Accordingly, there remains a need for the development of method~ and devices capable o~ analyzing whole blood and other complex ~amples rapidly with a minimum of user manipulation~.
Many ~mall device~ in the analytical area depend on the use of plaqtics having specified characteri3tics, such as optical transparency and machinability. Machinability refers here to the ability to produce chamber~, channel~, and openings o~
25 prescribed dlmensions within the pla~tic de~ice.
Although numerous pla~tic devices have been devi3ed, the fabricatlon technique~ are not interchangeable becau3e o~ di~ference~ in She devices or the de~ired measuring result. This i~ partlcularly true for 3 device~ containing channel3 or other chamber~ of small dimen~ions internally in the plaqtic material. The ~ine channels are difficult to produce entirely within a plastlc matrix and, if prepared in the ~urface of two matrices to be sealed to each other, are readily de~ormed during many sealing proces~e~.
. ., .
'7~5'~3~
Accordingly, there remain~ a need for new devices for u~e ln method of rapid analytical testing and for new methods o~ producing these devices.
Power~ et al., IEEE Trans._ on Biomedical En~r. t1983) BME-30-228, de3cribes deteoting a ~peckle pattern rcr determining platelet aggregation J a~ does Reynold3, Light Scattering Detection o~ Thromboemboli, Trans. 11th Annual Mtg. o~ the Soc. for Biomaterials, San Diego, CA, April 25-28, 1985. Reynolds and Simon, Transfuslon ~1980) 20:669-677, de~cribes size distribution ~aasurement~ of microaggregates in stored blood. 0~ intere~t ~n the 3ame area are U.S. Patent Nos. 2,616,796; 3,810,010; 3,915,652; 4,040,742;
4,091,802; and 4,142,796. U.S. Patent No. 4,519,239 de~cribes an apparatus for determining flow ~hear stress o~ suspen~ion~ in ~lood. Ab Leo sell3 the HemoCueTM device ~or mea~uring hemoglobin. Also, see U.S. Patent No. 4,088,448, which de~cribes a cuvette ~or ~ampllng with a cavity which i3 de~ined in ~uoh a manner a~ to draw into the cavity a sample in an amount which is exactly determined in relation to the volume Or the cavity by capillary rorce. Numerous pla~tlc as~embly techniques, particularly ultrasonic~ plastic asqembly, is described in a book of the same name publi~hed by Bran~on Sonic Power Company, Danbury, Connectiout, 1979. Gallagan, Plastics En~ineerin~, August 1985, 35-37 al~o de~cribes ultra~onLc welding Or pla9tic~. U.S. Patent 3,376,208 describes corona discharge, although ~or a different purpose. U~S.
Patent 3,376,208 describes the use of an electric dlschar~e to modi~y a film ~urface. A device used to transport liquids by capillary flow is described ln U.S. Patent 4, 233,029.
. . ~ . .. . ,. . ~ .
.. ,: ' ' , - , , :"; ' . . : , ..
' The present inventlon provldes fabricatlon techniques, the resulting devices, and techniques related to the use Or ~uch device~ ln which a defined chamber or channel i~ prepared within the internal space Or a ~olid device. The devices typically call ror the u~e o~ capillary ~orce to draw a sample into the internal chambers of a pla tic device. Such capillary flow devices, particularly capillary flow dev~ces designed for a constant ~low rate, typically lnclude at least one capillary acting as a pu~p, usually ror controlling the volume of the sample and the tlme period ~or reaction, a chamber, an lnlet port, a vent, and a reagent in proximity to at least one sur~ace of the devlce. The capillary and chamber provide rOr capillary flow due to sur~ace action and ~or mixing o~ the assay medium with the reagent. The reagent iq part o~ a detection system, whereby a detectable result occurs in relation to the pre-~ence of 2~ an analyte. The device and the corresponding method can be u~ed with a wide variety of ~luid3, particularly physiological fluids, for detection of drugs, pathogen~, material~ endogenou3 to a host, or the like. In mo~t ca3es an optical measurement 19 being ~ade, which requires the selection o~ a tran3parent material. Devices Or unusually advantageous properties can be prepared by in~ection molding acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer tA~S) 90 as to form a depression Or defined dimenqion~ in the surface of at least one race Or the polymer, increasing wettability Or the ~urface ln at least those portion~ de~ined by the depression u~lng either plasma etching or corona discharge, providing energy directing ridges proJecting ~rom the sur~ace Or the plastic ad~acent to the depres3ion or ln a second piece Or plastic 90 3haped as to contact the area ad~acent to the depressions in the pla~tic surrac~, and ultrasonlcally weldlng the two . .
"
.
. ' .' ' ~, ~ .' '." ' '- ~ ' ' . ~. . ' . :
~ 7S~
pla3tic .qurfaces ao as to produce an internal chamber or channel o~ derined dlmen~ion~ having an air-tlght 3eal around the perimeter or the re~ulting chamber.
Although the rabrication method can be used to produce internal chambers o~ any dlmen~ion, the method i~
partlcularly ~uitable rOr the production Or chambers and channel~ of small dimen~ions that are 3uitable rOr inducing capillary flow.
Aspects of the invention are illustrated, merely by way of example, in the drawings, in which:
3o .
: . . . : ~
Figures 1A and 1B are plan views Or two embodiments o~ the subject Lnvention, Flg. lA employing a single c~pillary and chamber and Fi8. 18 employing two capillarie ~eparated by a chamber~
Figure~ 2A and Z8 are a plan view and a ~ide elevational view o~ a device employlng three chambers.
Figure 3 is a plan view of a device ror a plurality of ~imultaneou~ determination~.
Figure 4 i-~ a plan vi0w o~ an alternate embodiment, where the sample i~ dLvided into two separate channel~.
Figure 5 is a plan vlew of an alternate t embodiment employing an extended capillary path.
Fisure 6 i~ a cross-~ectional view of an embodiment showing the location o~ channel~ and energy dlrecting ridges during the fabrication procesa.
Figure 7 i9 a block diagram oY an electronic circuit ~uitable for use ln an electronic capill~ry cartidge device to simulate the pas~age Or blood through a capillary in a control cycle.
Figure 8 ic a diagram of the physical location and electronlc circui~ry of a detector capable o~ determining depletion of sample ~n a re3ervoir Or a capillary deviGe.
Thi invention provide~ de~lces and methods, where the devices rely upon capillarie~, chambers, and orifice~ to pump rluid9; to control measurement o~
rluids, reaction times, and mixing Or reagents; and to determine a de~ectable ~ignal. By ~arylng the path through which the fluid flow~, one can provide ~or a Yarlety o~ activltie~, such as mixing, incubating and detectin~. The method~ may in~olve the binding ~f ha~olo~ou3 member~ oY a spQcl~ic binding palr, resultlng ln complex rormatlon. The complex rormation . :
3~
can provide for a variety o~ events which can be detected by instrumentation or vi~ual means.
Alternatively, the method~ may involve chemLcal reactions, ~or example, the detection Or glucose or erum en2ymes, which re3ult in a detectable change in the ~ample medium. Since the deYices rely upon capillarie~ and other chambers to control move~ent of fluids, accurate control o~ the dimension~ of the internal chamber~ is es~ential. The rabrlcation techniques described later provide thi~ accurate control.
The sample may be a fluid which is used directly as obtained from the source or may be pretreated in a variety of ways so as to modify its character. The sample will then be introduced into the device through an inlet port, which may introduce the sample into a chamber or a capillary. The sample will then transit the device passing through the capillaryties) or chamber(s), where the sample will encounter one or more reagents, which reagents are involved in a ~y3tem which produce~ a detectable signal. By having orifices which connect the pathway to the atmosphere at one or more ~ites, one can terminate the flow up to that site, 90 that the medium may be incubated ror variou3 times or movement stopped sub~ect to the initiating movement, for example, immediately prior to mea~urement.
Any liquid 3ample may be employed, where the sample will have a reasonable rate of flow due to the pumplng of the capillary action. It 19 to be understood the capillary action is the sole driving ~orce, relying on the surrace action between the surrace and the ~luid. Where the ~ample is too vlscous, it should be diluted to proyide for a 3S capillary pu~plng rate which allow3 rOr the desired manipulatians, such as mixing, and for a reasonable ~1QW time whioh wlll oontrol the time psriod rOr the aq~ay.
- . . . .
~ -.
lX75~3~1L
The sample may be derived from any 30urce, ~uch as a physiological. ~luid, e.g., blood, saliva, ocular lens ~luid, cerebral ~pinal ~luid, pu~, swsat, exudate, urine, milk, or the like. The fluid may be sub~ected to prior treatment, ~uch as preparing serum from blood, diluting pu~, saliva, or the like, the methods o~ treatment may involve concentratLon, by filtration, distillation, dialysis, or the like;
dilution, ~iltration, inactivation of natural component~, concentration, chromatography, addition of reagent~, chemical treatment, etc.
Besides physiological fluids, other liquid samples may be employed where the component(s) of ( interest may be either liquids or solids and the solid( ) dissolved in a liquid medium. Samples o~
interest include process streams~ water, soil, plants or other vegetatLon, air, and the like.
The analytes of intere~t are widely var~ed depending upon the purpose Or the assay and the source.
Analytes may lnclude ~mall organic molecule3, such as drugs, hormones, ~teroid~, neurotransmitters, growth ~actors, commercial chemical~, degradation products, drugs of abuse, metabolites, catabolites, etc. Large organic molecules may be determined, such as nucleic ( 25 acid~, proteins, polysaccharide~, or the like.
Aggregations o~ molecules may also be of intere~t, particularly naturally-occurring aggregations such as ~iroids, viruse~, cell~, both prokaryotic and eukaryotic, including unicellular microorgani~ms, mammalian cells quch as lymphocytes, epithelial cells, nooplastic cells, and the like.
Phenomena of intere~t which may be ~easured may be indicative of physiological or non-phy~iological processes, such as blood clotting, platelet aggrega-tion, complement-medlated ly~1s, polymerization, a~glutination, etc.
, ~ .
, :'. ~ ' ~ ', ' .- , .
., ' .
` ~'7~;23~
The ~ample medium may be the natural~y-occurring medium or the sample introduced into a liquid meidum whiah provide~ ror the de~ired characteristic~
nece~ary ~or the capillary pumping action and the detectable signal. For the most part, aqueous media will be employed and to that extent aqueous media will be exemplary of the media employed in the subject invention. The aqueouq media may be modified by the addition of a variety of mi~cible liquids, particularly oxygenated organic solvents, such a lower alkanols, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetone, or the like. Usually, the solvents will be present in less than about 40 volume percent, more usually in less than about 20 volume percent. Besides other solvents, other liquid or solid additives may be included in the medium to modi~y the flow or other properties of the medium, such aq ~ugars, polyols, polymers, detergents, ~urfactants and the like, involved with changes in wetting, adherence, laminar ~low, viscosity, and the like.
In addition to the component~ mentioned above, other additives may be included for specific purposes. Bu~ers may be desirable to maintain a particular pH. Enzyme inhibitors may be included.
( 25 Other reagent3 or inter~t are antibodies, preservatives, stabilizers, ac~ivators, enæyme sub~trate~ and cofactor~, oxidant3, reductants, ~tc.
In addition, ~iltration or trapping devices may be included in the device pathway, 90 as to remove particles above a certain ~ize. The particles may include cells, viruses, latex particles, high molecular welght polymers, nucleic acids, by themselve~ or in combination with proteins, e.g., nucleosome3, magnetic particles, ligand or receptor oontalning particle~, or the like.
,, . .
. . ' ' . .
:; .
" " ;' ,' . .;', .
- ' lo The ~ample may provide the detectable component of the detection qy~tem or such component may be added. The component(~) will vary widely depending upon the nature of the detection 3ystem. One detection method will involve the use of particle~, where particle~ provide for light scatter or a change in the rate of flow. The particles may be cells, polymeric particleq which are immiscible with the liquid ~y~tem, latex particle~, charcoal particles, metal particles, poly~accharide~ or protein particles, ceramic particles, nucleic acid particles, agglutinated particles, or the like. The choice of particle will depend upon the ease of detection, the dispersability ( or stability of ~he di3persion, inertness, participa-tion in the change in flow, and the like. Particle sizes will generally be from about 0.1-100~, more usually ~ro~ about 5-15~. Other phenomena which may be detected include changes in color, light ab~orption or transmission, ~luorescence, change in phy~ical phase, or the like.
The neat sample or ~ormulated sample will be introduced into the entry port into the receiving unit of the device. The receiving unit may be a capillary or a chamber. The recei~in~ unit may be u ed to ( 25 measure the particular sample volume or may ~imply serve to receive the aample and direct the sample to the next unlt o~ the device. The capillary units qer~e a variety of ~unctions, inoluding a measuring device rOr volume measurement, a metering pump for transferring liquid ~rom one chamber to another, rlow controller ~or controlling the rate of ~low between chambers, mixer ~or mixing reagents, and detec~ing unit for detection. For the most part, the capillaries ~ill serve as trans~er unlts, flow control unlt~ and detection units, The chamber~ and capillaries may be used to dePine dl~ferent events, e.g., areas of reaction, ar dir~erent structural entitles in certain embodiment3 Or the method.
, . .
' ', ' '' .' .
~.275~3~
The capillarie~ will usually be of a ~ubstantially 3maller cro~3-section or diameter in the direction transverse to the dLrection o~ flow than the chambers. The cro~s-section or length in the direction of flow may be similar or may differ by a factor of ten or more depending on the function of the capillary and the chamber. Capillaries will usually have diameters in the range of about 0.01mm to 2mm, ueually about O.lmm to tmm. The length of the capillary, particularly the fir~t capillary in the pathway, more particularly the first capillary when it i5 joined to the entry port, will be at least about 3mm, more usually at least about 5mm, and may be 1cm or more, ( u3ually not more than about 2cm, while subsequent capillaries may be shorter or longer/ frequently at least one being longer, being as long as lOcm, usuall~
not exceeding about 5cm.
The first capillary will initially control 'he rate of flow into the chamber which will usually ~erve a~ the reaction chamber. Thus, the capillary mar aid in the oontrol of the time with which the assay medium i9 in contact with reagent contained within or bound to the wall~ of the capillary and/or reaction chamber and the progres~ of the as3ay medium through ( 25 the chamber. Other component~ which may affect the rate of flow in the chamber include baffles, walls or other impedimenta in the chamber, the geometry Or the chamber, the reagent in the chamber and the nature o~
the surface4 ln the capillary and chamber. Since in many instances the initial contactLng of the a3say msdium and the reagent could affect the results, it i~
desirable that the contact be sufficiently slow that equilLbrium can occur, as to dissolution, reaction, etc.
.
- ~ ', . . ~
' ' . - '. - ~ ' . . .
- : - .
' , , , , ~2 The capillary control and use of relativelY
thin heat conductive wall~ allow~ for rapid heat tran~fer and i30thermal conditlons, or alternatively, thlck walls can prov~de ~or adlabatic condition~.
Thu~, the small volume of ~luicl in the chambers and capillaries permitq for rapid heat exchange or efficient thermal in~ulation. In addition, the thin capillaries permit optical measurements, particularly based on transmis~lon o~ light, with optically dense ~amplQs, e.g., whole blood. There is the further opportunity for rapid efficient mixing, where b~
~onication the whole sample can be uniformly mixed.
The capillary provides the sole driving ~ource for the movement of liquid through the device.
Accordingly, careful fabrication of the capillary to exact dimensions is required. The device is normally employed in the horizontal po~ition, so that gravity does not affect the flow rate. The composition of the wall~ of the capillary are ~elected 30 a~ to provide the desired degree of wetting and ~urface tension or the wall~ are modi~ied to provide the de~ired physical propertie3. The device is employed without ancillary motive force, quch as pump~, gravity or the like.
The chamber~ al~o have a variety of ( 25 runctionq, serving a~ protection for the reagen~
mixins chamber~ rOr di~olution of reagent and~or reaction with reagent, volume mea~urement, inaubation and detection, where the detectable signal i~ other than a ~ignal as~ociated with flow, and the like. The 3 chambers wlll be primarily employed for mixing, lncubating and for holding of liquids.
Depending upon the particular ~y~tem, the length of the capillaries, their cross-sectional area, the volume~ of the variou~ chamber~, and their length and shape, may be varied widely. One con~tralnt on each of the ¢apillarle~ i3 the neceq-~ity for Sheir runctlon providing capillary pumpin~ aotlon for ~low.
'.
-, .
: ' . '- .: ' . ' ~ .
There~ore air leak~ in the qpace ~urrounding the capillary (except for designed acce~s ports) cannot be tolerated. In many in3tances, the chambers will al~o provide for capillary action while the flow rate which will be affected by the nature of the capillary ~ur~ace will be primarily determined by the capillary action of the capillaries.
In order to minimize the handling of reagent3 by the user of the device, the reagents may be supplied within the device, where by mixing with the reagents occur3 ln the device. The reagent~ may be present either diffusively or non-diffusively bound to the surface of the device, that is, adhered, absorbed, ( adsorbed or covalently-linked, so that the reagent may become dissolved in the fluid or may remain fixed to the sur~ace. Where the reagent3 are dLf~usively bound (non-covalently and weakly bound), a variety of situations can be accommodated. One ~ituation is where the liquid front dis~olves all of the reagent, so that the liquid front receives a high concentration of the reagent and most of the reaction occurs at the liquid front. A second situation would be with an excess of a reagent of limited ~olubility. In thi~ situation, the rea~ent may be present in the liquid medium at a ( 25 ~ubqtantially unlrorm concentration. A third ~ituation i9 to have a deficiency of a reagent of limited 301ubility, so that only the early portion of the fluid will ha~e a relatively constant reagent concentratlon. In many in~tances it ia essential that the reagent be pre~ent in a derined area or reaction chamber, which makes fabrication of an internal chamber followed by later addition of reagent virtually lmposaible.
While for the most part, the reagent will be present in one or more units of the device, reagents alaQ can be mechanlcally introduced by various technique~. For example, by employing a septum, a . . . . . .
. . .
- , .
, . . : --syringe may be employed for introducing a reagent.
Alternatively, one could have an orifice and use an eyedropper or other mean~ for introducing liquid reagent into the unit. Usually, unless essential, these alternative technique~ will be avoided.
The reagent will vary depending upon the nature of the sample, the analyte, and the manner in which the detectable signal is genera~ed. A chemical reaction will occur due either to the formation of covalent bond~, e.g., oxidation or reduction, hydrolysis, etc., or non-covalent bonds, e.g., complex Yormation between ligand and receptor, including complex formation between nucleic acid~.
( The same or di~ferent reagent may be present in the various units, so that successive reactions can occur or a reagent continually supplied lnto the moving medium. Al~o, one could have a plurality of chambers and capillary channel~. Frequently, the rir3t unit will have a reactant. The chambers can be ~aried in size and purpose, providing the varying incubation times, varying reaction times, mixing of media ~rom difreren~ capillaries, or the like. Any number of ohambers may be employed, usually not exceeding ~ix, morë usually not exceeding about four, where the ( 25 chambers may be in serie~ or parallel. The size Or the unit, either capillary or chamber, can be particularly important, where the rea~ent is fixed, so that the re~idenoe time in oontact with the reagent will be arfected by the area of the reaBent contacted by the assay medium.
By employing variou3 filtration or trapping devioe~ (e.g., mechanical or magnetic), one can inhibit the transrer of particles rrOm a capillary channel to a chambèr or vice versa. In thi~ way, red cells can be removed from blood, various oomponents Or the sample may be removed, or by employlng divergent channel~a, one ohannel can have particles r~moved and the partlcles . .
.
.
.
. ................ , ' .
75~31 retaLned in the other channel where the two resul~s may be of interest.
Arbitrarily, the use of the device will be divided into two different concepts. The ~ir~t concept wiLl involve a characteri3tic other than a change in ~low rate. For the most part~ thiq will involve the ab~orption, qcatter or emi3~ion of light. A wide variety of protocol~ and reagent~ are available which provide ~or a change in the mea~ured light, as a result of absorption, scatter or emission, in relation to the amount o~ analyte in the sample.
Labelq which may be employed include enzymes, in combination with substra~es, coractors or inhibitors, ~luorescers, combinations of fluorescers and quenchers, dyes, or the like. In some inqtances a chemical reaction occurs as a result of the presence of the analyte or with the analyte, which provideq a detectable signal. By employing appropriate protocol3, the amount of absorption or emi~ion of light in the detection unit can be directly related to the amount o~
analyte in the ~ample.
Detection o~ a change in the rate of flow may -be the signal which re~ult~ from the reaction of the label or may be the result of a combination of a ( 25 plurallty of entitie~, which affect the rate Or rlow.
The change in flow rate may be as a result o~ -a~glutination, polymerization, complex formatiGn between high molacular weight compounds or aggregation3, or the like.
The mea~urement of light, e.g., ~catter, can be used to mea~ure a change in the ~ize population.
This oan be particularly useful ~or measurement o~
agglutlnatlon, clumpin~, olot ~ormation or disqolution, and the llke. A laser i9 able to diqtin~ui~h partiole gize without a change in the flow rate. Small partlcles have a low frequenc~ and a high amplitude;
lar~a partiale~ (a~glutinated particles) have a lower .
" : : . . . .
~' '' , ~ , ,.
, - ~X 75~31 ~requancy (fewer total particle~) and a higher amplitude (each particle 1~ lar~er). Thuq the change in particle ~iæe distribution may be detected by integrated noiqe employing known circuitry.
Variou~ qituation~ can be involved where the as~ay medium may have no particle~ ~entitles capable Or ~cattering) or have particle~, quch as cell~, latex bead3 and the like, where the re~ult of the reaction i~
to change the particle ~ize di~tribution, including golng from no particles to the formation of particles.
There is al~o the opportunity to begin with particle3, e.g., blood clots, and a~ a result o~ the reaction reduce the size and number of particles, e.g., dissolve ( the blood clots.
Protocols which may find u~e include those found in U.S Patent Nos. 3,817,837; 3,839,153;
3,g98,9~3; 3 7 ~35,074; 4,174,834; 4,233,402; 4,208,479;
can provide for a variety o~ events which can be detected by instrumentation or vi~ual means.
Alternatively, the method~ may involve chemLcal reactions, ~or example, the detection Or glucose or erum en2ymes, which re3ult in a detectable change in the ~ample medium. Since the deYices rely upon capillarie~ and other chambers to control move~ent of fluids, accurate control o~ the dimension~ of the internal chamber~ is es~ential. The rabrlcation techniques described later provide thi~ accurate control.
The sample may be a fluid which is used directly as obtained from the source or may be pretreated in a variety of ways so as to modify its character. The sample will then be introduced into the device through an inlet port, which may introduce the sample into a chamber or a capillary. The sample will then transit the device passing through the capillaryties) or chamber(s), where the sample will encounter one or more reagents, which reagents are involved in a ~y3tem which produce~ a detectable signal. By having orifices which connect the pathway to the atmosphere at one or more ~ites, one can terminate the flow up to that site, 90 that the medium may be incubated ror variou3 times or movement stopped sub~ect to the initiating movement, for example, immediately prior to mea~urement.
Any liquid 3ample may be employed, where the sample will have a reasonable rate of flow due to the pumplng of the capillary action. It 19 to be understood the capillary action is the sole driving ~orce, relying on the surrace action between the surrace and the ~luid. Where the ~ample is too vlscous, it should be diluted to proyide for a 3S capillary pu~plng rate which allow3 rOr the desired manipulatians, such as mixing, and for a reasonable ~1QW time whioh wlll oontrol the time psriod rOr the aq~ay.
- . . . .
~ -.
lX75~3~1L
The sample may be derived from any 30urce, ~uch as a physiological. ~luid, e.g., blood, saliva, ocular lens ~luid, cerebral ~pinal ~luid, pu~, swsat, exudate, urine, milk, or the like. The fluid may be sub~ected to prior treatment, ~uch as preparing serum from blood, diluting pu~, saliva, or the like, the methods o~ treatment may involve concentratLon, by filtration, distillation, dialysis, or the like;
dilution, ~iltration, inactivation of natural component~, concentration, chromatography, addition of reagent~, chemical treatment, etc.
Besides physiological fluids, other liquid samples may be employed where the component(s) of ( interest may be either liquids or solids and the solid( ) dissolved in a liquid medium. Samples o~
interest include process streams~ water, soil, plants or other vegetatLon, air, and the like.
The analytes of intere~t are widely var~ed depending upon the purpose Or the assay and the source.
Analytes may lnclude ~mall organic molecule3, such as drugs, hormones, ~teroid~, neurotransmitters, growth ~actors, commercial chemical~, degradation products, drugs of abuse, metabolites, catabolites, etc. Large organic molecules may be determined, such as nucleic ( 25 acid~, proteins, polysaccharide~, or the like.
Aggregations o~ molecules may also be of intere~t, particularly naturally-occurring aggregations such as ~iroids, viruse~, cell~, both prokaryotic and eukaryotic, including unicellular microorgani~ms, mammalian cells quch as lymphocytes, epithelial cells, nooplastic cells, and the like.
Phenomena of intere~t which may be ~easured may be indicative of physiological or non-phy~iological processes, such as blood clotting, platelet aggrega-tion, complement-medlated ly~1s, polymerization, a~glutination, etc.
, ~ .
, :'. ~ ' ~ ', ' .- , .
., ' .
` ~'7~;23~
The ~ample medium may be the natural~y-occurring medium or the sample introduced into a liquid meidum whiah provide~ ror the de~ired characteristic~
nece~ary ~or the capillary pumping action and the detectable signal. For the most part, aqueous media will be employed and to that extent aqueous media will be exemplary of the media employed in the subject invention. The aqueouq media may be modified by the addition of a variety of mi~cible liquids, particularly oxygenated organic solvents, such a lower alkanols, dimethyl formamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetone, or the like. Usually, the solvents will be present in less than about 40 volume percent, more usually in less than about 20 volume percent. Besides other solvents, other liquid or solid additives may be included in the medium to modi~y the flow or other properties of the medium, such aq ~ugars, polyols, polymers, detergents, ~urfactants and the like, involved with changes in wetting, adherence, laminar ~low, viscosity, and the like.
In addition to the component~ mentioned above, other additives may be included for specific purposes. Bu~ers may be desirable to maintain a particular pH. Enzyme inhibitors may be included.
( 25 Other reagent3 or inter~t are antibodies, preservatives, stabilizers, ac~ivators, enæyme sub~trate~ and cofactor~, oxidant3, reductants, ~tc.
In addition, ~iltration or trapping devices may be included in the device pathway, 90 as to remove particles above a certain ~ize. The particles may include cells, viruses, latex particles, high molecular welght polymers, nucleic acids, by themselve~ or in combination with proteins, e.g., nucleosome3, magnetic particles, ligand or receptor oontalning particle~, or the like.
,, . .
. . ' ' . .
:; .
" " ;' ,' . .;', .
- ' lo The ~ample may provide the detectable component of the detection qy~tem or such component may be added. The component(~) will vary widely depending upon the nature of the detection 3ystem. One detection method will involve the use of particle~, where particle~ provide for light scatter or a change in the rate of flow. The particles may be cells, polymeric particleq which are immiscible with the liquid ~y~tem, latex particle~, charcoal particles, metal particles, poly~accharide~ or protein particles, ceramic particles, nucleic acid particles, agglutinated particles, or the like. The choice of particle will depend upon the ease of detection, the dispersability ( or stability of ~he di3persion, inertness, participa-tion in the change in flow, and the like. Particle sizes will generally be from about 0.1-100~, more usually ~ro~ about 5-15~. Other phenomena which may be detected include changes in color, light ab~orption or transmission, ~luorescence, change in phy~ical phase, or the like.
The neat sample or ~ormulated sample will be introduced into the entry port into the receiving unit of the device. The receiving unit may be a capillary or a chamber. The recei~in~ unit may be u ed to ( 25 measure the particular sample volume or may ~imply serve to receive the aample and direct the sample to the next unlt o~ the device. The capillary units qer~e a variety of ~unctions, inoluding a measuring device rOr volume measurement, a metering pump for transferring liquid ~rom one chamber to another, rlow controller ~or controlling the rate of ~low between chambers, mixer ~or mixing reagents, and detec~ing unit for detection. For the most part, the capillaries ~ill serve as trans~er unlts, flow control unlt~ and detection units, The chamber~ and capillaries may be used to dePine dl~ferent events, e.g., areas of reaction, ar dir~erent structural entitles in certain embodiment3 Or the method.
, . .
' ', ' '' .' .
~.275~3~
The capillarie~ will usually be of a ~ubstantially 3maller cro~3-section or diameter in the direction transverse to the dLrection o~ flow than the chambers. The cro~s-section or length in the direction of flow may be similar or may differ by a factor of ten or more depending on the function of the capillary and the chamber. Capillaries will usually have diameters in the range of about 0.01mm to 2mm, ueually about O.lmm to tmm. The length of the capillary, particularly the fir~t capillary in the pathway, more particularly the first capillary when it i5 joined to the entry port, will be at least about 3mm, more usually at least about 5mm, and may be 1cm or more, ( u3ually not more than about 2cm, while subsequent capillaries may be shorter or longer/ frequently at least one being longer, being as long as lOcm, usuall~
not exceeding about 5cm.
The first capillary will initially control 'he rate of flow into the chamber which will usually ~erve a~ the reaction chamber. Thus, the capillary mar aid in the oontrol of the time with which the assay medium i9 in contact with reagent contained within or bound to the wall~ of the capillary and/or reaction chamber and the progres~ of the as3ay medium through ( 25 the chamber. Other component~ which may affect the rate of flow in the chamber include baffles, walls or other impedimenta in the chamber, the geometry Or the chamber, the reagent in the chamber and the nature o~
the surface4 ln the capillary and chamber. Since in many instances the initial contactLng of the a3say msdium and the reagent could affect the results, it i~
desirable that the contact be sufficiently slow that equilLbrium can occur, as to dissolution, reaction, etc.
.
- ~ ', . . ~
' ' . - '. - ~ ' . . .
- : - .
' , , , , ~2 The capillary control and use of relativelY
thin heat conductive wall~ allow~ for rapid heat tran~fer and i30thermal conditlons, or alternatively, thlck walls can prov~de ~or adlabatic condition~.
Thu~, the small volume of ~luicl in the chambers and capillaries permitq for rapid heat exchange or efficient thermal in~ulation. In addition, the thin capillaries permit optical measurements, particularly based on transmis~lon o~ light, with optically dense ~amplQs, e.g., whole blood. There is the further opportunity for rapid efficient mixing, where b~
~onication the whole sample can be uniformly mixed.
The capillary provides the sole driving ~ource for the movement of liquid through the device.
Accordingly, careful fabrication of the capillary to exact dimensions is required. The device is normally employed in the horizontal po~ition, so that gravity does not affect the flow rate. The composition of the wall~ of the capillary are ~elected 30 a~ to provide the desired degree of wetting and ~urface tension or the wall~ are modi~ied to provide the de~ired physical propertie3. The device is employed without ancillary motive force, quch as pump~, gravity or the like.
The chamber~ al~o have a variety of ( 25 runctionq, serving a~ protection for the reagen~
mixins chamber~ rOr di~olution of reagent and~or reaction with reagent, volume mea~urement, inaubation and detection, where the detectable signal i~ other than a ~ignal as~ociated with flow, and the like. The 3 chambers wlll be primarily employed for mixing, lncubating and for holding of liquids.
Depending upon the particular ~y~tem, the length of the capillaries, their cross-sectional area, the volume~ of the variou~ chamber~, and their length and shape, may be varied widely. One con~tralnt on each of the ¢apillarle~ i3 the neceq-~ity for Sheir runctlon providing capillary pumpin~ aotlon for ~low.
'.
-, .
: ' . '- .: ' . ' ~ .
There~ore air leak~ in the qpace ~urrounding the capillary (except for designed acce~s ports) cannot be tolerated. In many in3tances, the chambers will al~o provide for capillary action while the flow rate which will be affected by the nature of the capillary ~ur~ace will be primarily determined by the capillary action of the capillaries.
In order to minimize the handling of reagent3 by the user of the device, the reagents may be supplied within the device, where by mixing with the reagents occur3 ln the device. The reagent~ may be present either diffusively or non-diffusively bound to the surface of the device, that is, adhered, absorbed, ( adsorbed or covalently-linked, so that the reagent may become dissolved in the fluid or may remain fixed to the sur~ace. Where the reagent3 are dLf~usively bound (non-covalently and weakly bound), a variety of situations can be accommodated. One ~ituation is where the liquid front dis~olves all of the reagent, so that the liquid front receives a high concentration of the reagent and most of the reaction occurs at the liquid front. A second situation would be with an excess of a reagent of limited ~olubility. In thi~ situation, the rea~ent may be present in the liquid medium at a ( 25 ~ubqtantially unlrorm concentration. A third ~ituation i9 to have a deficiency of a reagent of limited 301ubility, so that only the early portion of the fluid will ha~e a relatively constant reagent concentratlon. In many in~tances it ia essential that the reagent be pre~ent in a derined area or reaction chamber, which makes fabrication of an internal chamber followed by later addition of reagent virtually lmposaible.
While for the most part, the reagent will be present in one or more units of the device, reagents alaQ can be mechanlcally introduced by various technique~. For example, by employing a septum, a . . . . . .
. . .
- , .
, . . : --syringe may be employed for introducing a reagent.
Alternatively, one could have an orifice and use an eyedropper or other mean~ for introducing liquid reagent into the unit. Usually, unless essential, these alternative technique~ will be avoided.
The reagent will vary depending upon the nature of the sample, the analyte, and the manner in which the detectable signal is genera~ed. A chemical reaction will occur due either to the formation of covalent bond~, e.g., oxidation or reduction, hydrolysis, etc., or non-covalent bonds, e.g., complex Yormation between ligand and receptor, including complex formation between nucleic acid~.
( The same or di~ferent reagent may be present in the various units, so that successive reactions can occur or a reagent continually supplied lnto the moving medium. Al~o, one could have a plurality of chambers and capillary channel~. Frequently, the rir3t unit will have a reactant. The chambers can be ~aried in size and purpose, providing the varying incubation times, varying reaction times, mixing of media ~rom difreren~ capillaries, or the like. Any number of ohambers may be employed, usually not exceeding ~ix, morë usually not exceeding about four, where the ( 25 chambers may be in serie~ or parallel. The size Or the unit, either capillary or chamber, can be particularly important, where the rea~ent is fixed, so that the re~idenoe time in oontact with the reagent will be arfected by the area of the reaBent contacted by the assay medium.
By employing variou3 filtration or trapping devioe~ (e.g., mechanical or magnetic), one can inhibit the transrer of particles rrOm a capillary channel to a chambèr or vice versa. In thi~ way, red cells can be removed from blood, various oomponents Or the sample may be removed, or by employlng divergent channel~a, one ohannel can have particles r~moved and the partlcles . .
.
.
.
. ................ , ' .
75~31 retaLned in the other channel where the two resul~s may be of interest.
Arbitrarily, the use of the device will be divided into two different concepts. The ~ir~t concept wiLl involve a characteri3tic other than a change in ~low rate. For the most part~ thiq will involve the ab~orption, qcatter or emi3~ion of light. A wide variety of protocol~ and reagent~ are available which provide ~or a change in the mea~ured light, as a result of absorption, scatter or emission, in relation to the amount o~ analyte in the sample.
Labelq which may be employed include enzymes, in combination with substra~es, coractors or inhibitors, ~luorescers, combinations of fluorescers and quenchers, dyes, or the like. In some inqtances a chemical reaction occurs as a result of the presence of the analyte or with the analyte, which provideq a detectable signal. By employing appropriate protocol3, the amount of absorption or emi~ion of light in the detection unit can be directly related to the amount o~
analyte in the ~ample.
Detection o~ a change in the rate of flow may -be the signal which re~ult~ from the reaction of the label or may be the result of a combination of a ( 25 plurallty of entitie~, which affect the rate Or rlow.
The change in flow rate may be as a result o~ -a~glutination, polymerization, complex formatiGn between high molacular weight compounds or aggregation3, or the like.
The mea~urement of light, e.g., ~catter, can be used to mea~ure a change in the ~ize population.
This oan be particularly useful ~or measurement o~
agglutlnatlon, clumpin~, olot ~ormation or disqolution, and the llke. A laser i9 able to diqtin~ui~h partiole gize without a change in the flow rate. Small partlcles have a low frequenc~ and a high amplitude;
lar~a partiale~ (a~glutinated particles) have a lower .
" : : . . . .
~' '' , ~ , ,.
, - ~X 75~31 ~requancy (fewer total particle~) and a higher amplitude (each particle 1~ lar~er). Thuq the change in particle ~iæe distribution may be detected by integrated noiqe employing known circuitry.
Variou~ qituation~ can be involved where the as~ay medium may have no particle~ ~entitles capable Or ~cattering) or have particle~, quch as cell~, latex bead3 and the like, where the re~ult of the reaction i~
to change the particle ~ize di~tribution, including golng from no particles to the formation of particles.
There is al~o the opportunity to begin with particle3, e.g., blood clots, and a~ a result o~ the reaction reduce the size and number of particles, e.g., dissolve ( the blood clots.
Protocols which may find u~e include those found in U.S Patent Nos. 3,817,837; 3,839,153;
3,g98,9~3; 3 7 ~35,074; 4,174,834; 4,233,402; 4,208,479;
4,235,869; 4,275,l49; 4,287,300, etc Because of the enormou~ di~ersity or protocols which are pre~ently available which can be employed in the 3ub~ect methods and de~ice~, only a rew wlll be illustrative and re~erence ~ill be made to numerous patent~ which describe di~ferent protocols.
( 25 In a rirst exemplary protoaol, a rluore~cence measurement may be made, where one ha3 a sin31e caplllary as the inlet, with the capillary coated ~ith antibody to analyte. The sample i~ dlluted with a bu~fered reagent containing a con~ugate oS analyte with rluore~cer, whereby all of the fluoreqcent reagent will become bound in the capillary in the abqence Or any analyte in the sample. The capillary i9 then introduced into the sample and an amount o~ liquid withdrawn up to an indexed polnt on the capillary, whereby the capillary ia then withdrawn from the sample and the l1quld allawed to progress into the ahamber.
When the ehamber i9 partially or completely ~ull, the ~' ~ ' . . .
. . . , : ~
~luorescence of the chamber may then be read as indicative of the amount of analyte in the sample.
With enzymes, one could either vary the protocol or the device to prevent premature interaction between the enzyme and it~ ~ubstrate or inhibitor.
Where a simple two-unit device i5 employed, employing a capillary and chamber, one could provide ~or using a combination of enzymes, referred to as channeling, where the product o~ one enzyme is the ~ubstrate of the other enzyme. In this manner, one could have in one unit a ~econd enzyme combined with the substrate of the first enzyme, while the seeond unit having the first enzyme combined with the substrate of the second enzyme.
One could modulate the reaction by various mean~. For example, one could have antibody to analyte in the first unit and combine the ~ample with a buffered ~olution of antibody first enzyme inhibitor con~ugate. Thus, the amount Or enzyme inhibitor which would enter the second unit would be related to the amount o~ analyte in the sample. Instead of having a ~wo-unit system, one could have a three-unit 3ystem, where the ~irst unit mixes the sample with the enzyme inhibitor con~ugate a~oiding the nece~sity to combine the sample with a liquld medium. Where the sample i~
colored, ~uch a~ blood, it may be nece~sary to rilter out or trap red blood cells, to allow for development of color or ~luorescence or to find a wavelength range, where one can read the development of a particular light-absorbin3 material.
By employing a plurality of unit~, one can use a single enzyme, where the enzyme is con~ugated to the analyte. By havln~ enzyme-analyte con~ugate in a first unit, ~ollowed by antibody to anlayte in a second unit and employlng a thlrd unit containing enzyme substrat~ a~ the r~aetion chamber, the measuremQnt can be made ln the third unit.
.
.
.
1;~'7~3 By employing cembinations of filters and particles one could also achieve simil~r effec~s. For example, one can employ enzyme analyte conjugates in the firqt unit which completely di~qolve in the assay medium. A second unit may then contain the particles containing antibody to the analyte. The amount o~
enzyme-analyte conjugate which bindq to the antibodie~
will be dependent upon the amount of analyte in the ~ample. By having a filter at the exit of the second unit, all of the particle~ will be trapped at the ~ilter, and only enzyme conjugate which is unbound will pas~ through the filter to the third unit. The third unit may then contain the enzyme substrate, so that reaction of the enzyme with t'ne substrate can be monitored.
For the detection o~ change in ~low rate, a wide variety of systems may be employed. or particular interest is the natural system involving clotting, which i convenient when the sample is a blood sample.
Thus, by adding one or more components o~ the clotting cascade or a component which activates the naturally-occuring components present, the clotting can provide for a change in the flow rate. Partiaularly, these reagent~ may include thromboplastin, ~actors I, ( 25 II, I~, V, VII, YIII, IX, X, XI and XII. The~e components can be added individually or in co~bination.
Particular combinations include factors of the lntrinsic pathway ~III, IX, XI and XII) or extrinsic pathway (III, VII) with the common pathway factors I, 3 II, V, X, XIII~ The clotting a~say can be used to determine a wide variety of analyte~ o~ interest. The olotting a~ay may be used for the detection of the presence of anti-clotting agents or clotting agent~.
In addition, tha clotting assay can be used ror the deteotion o~ the le~el of a particular component requlred ~or clottin~ or a componenet ln~olved in the dl~solving o~ clots~ Illustratlve analytes lnolude the variouq factor~ indicated above, war~arin, ti~sue plaqminogen activator, heparin, streptokinase, Vitamin K, anti-platelet drugs, protamine sulfate, etc.
The clotting assay can also be used to meaeure any analyte of interest by having the analyte a~sociated with a factor nece~3ary for clotting. For example, by conjugating thromboplaqtin to a compound capable of competing with the analyte for a receptor, where the thromboplastin-receptor complex is inactive, one could determine the presence of the analyte. The qample would be mixed with the receptor for the analyte 90 that the binding sites of the receptor would be oocupied by any analyte present. The thromboplastin conjugated to the analyte or mimetic analog would be the reagent in the reaction chamber. All the other components necessary for clotting would be included in the sample along with the antibodies for the analyte, where quch other components were nat naturally pre3ent in su~icient amount in the sample. The receptor sites which were not occupied by analyte would bind to the analyte conjugated to the thrombopla~tin where the resulting ~pecific binding complex would lack thromboplastin activity. The remaining uncomplexed thromboplastin con~ugate would be active and initiate ( 25 clotting. By employing appropriate standard3, one could relate the time to flow s~oppage to the amount or analyte in the ~ample. Or, one could provide that flow ~toppage dld or did not occur with an amount Or analyte above a threshold level.
Beside~ coagulation, agglutination, precipitation, or plug formation by other means, or, as approprlate, increasing vi~co~ity can be uqed as part of the deteotion scheme.
For plug formation or ~lowing of ~low by other than olotting, particles will u~ually be included in the medium whlch becom~ crosq-linked In relation to th~ amount of analyte present. This can be achived by .. . .
. . :
1~75~31 employing receptor~ and ligand3 ~pecific ror the receptsr ~o that non-covalent binding provides for multiple linkages between particle~ with a re~ulting cros~-link ~tructure which can qerve a a plug. By us~ng such particleq a~ S. aureu , which specifically binds to i~mune complexes, red blood cell~, ~ynthetic or naturally-occurring particle~ to which ligand~, rheumatoid tactor, antibod$es, naturally-occurring receptor~, or the like, are conlugated, the cro~-linking o~ the particles can be retarded or enhanced bythe pre~ence or ab~ence of the analyte. Thus, in the case of antigen~, the antlgen may serve as a bridge between di~ferent ant~bodieq, while in the case o~
haptens, individual haptens may inhibit the cross-l~nking resulting rrom a polyhaptenic molecule.
Various illustrations can be made of thedifrerent combinations which may be employed in the flow modulation methods of the sub~ect invention. For example, the reagents could include an agaro~e bead to which i~ bound polyclonal antibodies to an antigen o~
~ntere~t or monoclonal ant~bodieq where dif~erent partioles are speciric for dif~erent epitopic 3ites of the an~igen. The 3ample need only include the detection component and any of the analyte which may be ( 25 present. The sample would mix with the antibody-con~ugated particles in the reaction unit and then flow into the exit unit. The preaence Or the analyte would re~ult ln cross-linking of the particles with large amorphou~ particle~ providing a gr~ater drag on flow ~maller particles. As the accretion o~ particle~
increased, ultimately a plu~ would ~orm and ~low would ~top. In the ca~e Or haptens, the sample could be combined with antibodies to the hapten~. The reagent could be hapten conJugated to Porglas beads. Available antibody would be capable Or cross-linkin~ the hapten-con~ugated beads so a~ to ultimately provide a plug which would inhiblt rurther ~low.
* Trade Mark . . .
:. . . .
. ~ . .
~2~5~3~l Similar techniques could be u~ed with hemag-glutination whers the particle i9 a red blood cell to which particular antigens are or have been bound. A
~ample which might contaLn cells having as part Or their surf~ce membrane the ~ame antigen would be combined with the antigen conjugated red blood cell particle~. The reagent would be antibody to the antigen. The rate of formation o~ the plug would vary depending upon whether cell3 containing the same 0 antigen were pre~ent or abqent.
A further illustration would involve polymers to which are attached polyclonal antibodies, where the polymers are ~elected so as to have only moderate ( solubility in the assay medium. Binding to antigenic 15 bridges would result in desolubilization.
The polymers could be conjugated with nucleic acid sequences complementary to pre~elected sequences.
The sequences would not be complementary to the nucleotide sequence of interest or to each other. ~he 20 !~ample could be a ly~ate o~ a viru~ or pathogenic organi~m in an appropriate aqueous medium, where the genomic polynucleotides could be ~heared. The ample would be combined with the polymeric reagents. The ~ample would then react in the reaction ohamber with a C 25 nucleotide 3equence which was a hybrid having a sequence complementary to the nucleic acid sequence oP
intere~t and a sequence complementary to the sequence bound to the polymer. Thus, the nucleic acid of lntere~t would 3erve a~ a bridse to cro~s-link the 3 polymeric molecules ~o a~ to ~e~ up a polymeric structure which would sub~tantially slow the flow in the capillary and could, i~ desired, provide a plug.
Another exempli~ication would employ dual receptors, e.g., antibody to analyte and antibody to a 35 particle, such as an antigen o~ a red blood cell SRBC).
In quantitating a multiYalent antigen, in the pre~ence o~ antigen, cros linkin~ would ocaur between the ~ .
~ ' ' . . ' ' . ' ' , ' :. . ~ ~ ', . . . -, - , , . , - .
.
( 25 In a rirst exemplary protoaol, a rluore~cence measurement may be made, where one ha3 a sin31e caplllary as the inlet, with the capillary coated ~ith antibody to analyte. The sample i~ dlluted with a bu~fered reagent containing a con~ugate oS analyte with rluore~cer, whereby all of the fluoreqcent reagent will become bound in the capillary in the abqence Or any analyte in the sample. The capillary i9 then introduced into the sample and an amount o~ liquid withdrawn up to an indexed polnt on the capillary, whereby the capillary ia then withdrawn from the sample and the l1quld allawed to progress into the ahamber.
When the ehamber i9 partially or completely ~ull, the ~' ~ ' . . .
. . . , : ~
~luorescence of the chamber may then be read as indicative of the amount of analyte in the sample.
With enzymes, one could either vary the protocol or the device to prevent premature interaction between the enzyme and it~ ~ubstrate or inhibitor.
Where a simple two-unit device i5 employed, employing a capillary and chamber, one could provide ~or using a combination of enzymes, referred to as channeling, where the product o~ one enzyme is the ~ubstrate of the other enzyme. In this manner, one could have in one unit a ~econd enzyme combined with the substrate of the first enzyme, while the seeond unit having the first enzyme combined with the substrate of the second enzyme.
One could modulate the reaction by various mean~. For example, one could have antibody to analyte in the first unit and combine the ~ample with a buffered ~olution of antibody first enzyme inhibitor con~ugate. Thus, the amount Or enzyme inhibitor which would enter the second unit would be related to the amount o~ analyte in the sample. Instead of having a ~wo-unit system, one could have a three-unit 3ystem, where the ~irst unit mixes the sample with the enzyme inhibitor con~ugate a~oiding the nece~sity to combine the sample with a liquld medium. Where the sample i~
colored, ~uch a~ blood, it may be nece~sary to rilter out or trap red blood cells, to allow for development of color or ~luorescence or to find a wavelength range, where one can read the development of a particular light-absorbin3 material.
By employing a plurality of unit~, one can use a single enzyme, where the enzyme is con~ugated to the analyte. By havln~ enzyme-analyte con~ugate in a first unit, ~ollowed by antibody to anlayte in a second unit and employlng a thlrd unit containing enzyme substrat~ a~ the r~aetion chamber, the measuremQnt can be made ln the third unit.
.
.
.
1;~'7~3 By employing cembinations of filters and particles one could also achieve simil~r effec~s. For example, one can employ enzyme analyte conjugates in the firqt unit which completely di~qolve in the assay medium. A second unit may then contain the particles containing antibody to the analyte. The amount o~
enzyme-analyte conjugate which bindq to the antibodie~
will be dependent upon the amount of analyte in the ~ample. By having a filter at the exit of the second unit, all of the particle~ will be trapped at the ~ilter, and only enzyme conjugate which is unbound will pas~ through the filter to the third unit. The third unit may then contain the enzyme substrate, so that reaction of the enzyme with t'ne substrate can be monitored.
For the detection o~ change in ~low rate, a wide variety of systems may be employed. or particular interest is the natural system involving clotting, which i convenient when the sample is a blood sample.
Thus, by adding one or more components o~ the clotting cascade or a component which activates the naturally-occuring components present, the clotting can provide for a change in the flow rate. Partiaularly, these reagent~ may include thromboplastin, ~actors I, ( 25 II, I~, V, VII, YIII, IX, X, XI and XII. The~e components can be added individually or in co~bination.
Particular combinations include factors of the lntrinsic pathway ~III, IX, XI and XII) or extrinsic pathway (III, VII) with the common pathway factors I, 3 II, V, X, XIII~ The clotting a~say can be used to determine a wide variety of analyte~ o~ interest. The olotting a~ay may be used for the detection of the presence of anti-clotting agents or clotting agent~.
In addition, tha clotting assay can be used ror the deteotion o~ the le~el of a particular component requlred ~or clottin~ or a componenet ln~olved in the dl~solving o~ clots~ Illustratlve analytes lnolude the variouq factor~ indicated above, war~arin, ti~sue plaqminogen activator, heparin, streptokinase, Vitamin K, anti-platelet drugs, protamine sulfate, etc.
The clotting assay can also be used to meaeure any analyte of interest by having the analyte a~sociated with a factor nece~3ary for clotting. For example, by conjugating thromboplaqtin to a compound capable of competing with the analyte for a receptor, where the thromboplastin-receptor complex is inactive, one could determine the presence of the analyte. The qample would be mixed with the receptor for the analyte 90 that the binding sites of the receptor would be oocupied by any analyte present. The thromboplastin conjugated to the analyte or mimetic analog would be the reagent in the reaction chamber. All the other components necessary for clotting would be included in the sample along with the antibodies for the analyte, where quch other components were nat naturally pre3ent in su~icient amount in the sample. The receptor sites which were not occupied by analyte would bind to the analyte conjugated to the thrombopla~tin where the resulting ~pecific binding complex would lack thromboplastin activity. The remaining uncomplexed thromboplastin con~ugate would be active and initiate ( 25 clotting. By employing appropriate standard3, one could relate the time to flow s~oppage to the amount or analyte in the ~ample. Or, one could provide that flow ~toppage dld or did not occur with an amount Or analyte above a threshold level.
Beside~ coagulation, agglutination, precipitation, or plug formation by other means, or, as approprlate, increasing vi~co~ity can be uqed as part of the deteotion scheme.
For plug formation or ~lowing of ~low by other than olotting, particles will u~ually be included in the medium whlch becom~ crosq-linked In relation to th~ amount of analyte present. This can be achived by .. . .
. . :
1~75~31 employing receptor~ and ligand3 ~pecific ror the receptsr ~o that non-covalent binding provides for multiple linkages between particle~ with a re~ulting cros~-link ~tructure which can qerve a a plug. By us~ng such particleq a~ S. aureu , which specifically binds to i~mune complexes, red blood cell~, ~ynthetic or naturally-occurring particle~ to which ligand~, rheumatoid tactor, antibod$es, naturally-occurring receptor~, or the like, are conlugated, the cro~-linking o~ the particles can be retarded or enhanced bythe pre~ence or ab~ence of the analyte. Thus, in the case of antigen~, the antlgen may serve as a bridge between di~ferent ant~bodieq, while in the case o~
haptens, individual haptens may inhibit the cross-l~nking resulting rrom a polyhaptenic molecule.
Various illustrations can be made of thedifrerent combinations which may be employed in the flow modulation methods of the sub~ect invention. For example, the reagents could include an agaro~e bead to which i~ bound polyclonal antibodies to an antigen o~
~ntere~t or monoclonal ant~bodieq where dif~erent partioles are speciric for dif~erent epitopic 3ites of the an~igen. The 3ample need only include the detection component and any of the analyte which may be ( 25 present. The sample would mix with the antibody-con~ugated particles in the reaction unit and then flow into the exit unit. The preaence Or the analyte would re~ult ln cross-linking of the particles with large amorphou~ particle~ providing a gr~ater drag on flow ~maller particles. As the accretion o~ particle~
increased, ultimately a plu~ would ~orm and ~low would ~top. In the ca~e Or haptens, the sample could be combined with antibodies to the hapten~. The reagent could be hapten conJugated to Porglas beads. Available antibody would be capable Or cross-linkin~ the hapten-con~ugated beads so a~ to ultimately provide a plug which would inhiblt rurther ~low.
* Trade Mark . . .
:. . . .
. ~ . .
~2~5~3~l Similar techniques could be u~ed with hemag-glutination whers the particle i9 a red blood cell to which particular antigens are or have been bound. A
~ample which might contaLn cells having as part Or their surf~ce membrane the ~ame antigen would be combined with the antigen conjugated red blood cell particle~. The reagent would be antibody to the antigen. The rate of formation o~ the plug would vary depending upon whether cell3 containing the same 0 antigen were pre~ent or abqent.
A further illustration would involve polymers to which are attached polyclonal antibodies, where the polymers are ~elected so as to have only moderate ( solubility in the assay medium. Binding to antigenic 15 bridges would result in desolubilization.
The polymers could be conjugated with nucleic acid sequences complementary to pre~elected sequences.
The sequences would not be complementary to the nucleotide sequence of interest or to each other. ~he 20 !~ample could be a ly~ate o~ a viru~ or pathogenic organi~m in an appropriate aqueous medium, where the genomic polynucleotides could be ~heared. The ample would be combined with the polymeric reagents. The ~ample would then react in the reaction ohamber with a C 25 nucleotide 3equence which was a hybrid having a sequence complementary to the nucleic acid sequence oP
intere~t and a sequence complementary to the sequence bound to the polymer. Thus, the nucleic acid of lntere~t would 3erve a~ a bridse to cro~s-link the 3 polymeric molecules ~o a~ to ~e~ up a polymeric structure which would sub~tantially slow the flow in the capillary and could, i~ desired, provide a plug.
Another exempli~ication would employ dual receptors, e.g., antibody to analyte and antibody to a 35 particle, such as an antigen o~ a red blood cell SRBC).
In quantitating a multiYalent antigen, in the pre~ence o~ antigen, cros linkin~ would ocaur between the ~ .
~ ' ' . . ' ' . ' ' , ' :. . ~ ~ ', . . . -, - , , . , - .
.
5~31 antigen, dual receptor and RBCs to form large complexes modulatins the ~low rate, while in the absencQ of the antigen no complexes would be formed. The assay could be carried out by combining the sample with RBCs before introducing the sample in~o the device or by providing RBCs in the ~ample receiving chamber. The reaction chamber would have the dual receptor where complex ~ormation would be initiated.
For monovalent or haptenic analytes, the assay would be modified by employing a polyhapten reagent which could be added to the sample prior to introduction of the sample into the device. The pre~ence of hapten would reduce complex formation in contrast to the result obser~ed with the multivalent antigen analyte.
Any system which re3ults in a change in ~low velocity or can be coupled to a reagent or system which affects flow veloclty may be measured. Various systems have already been indicated which result in changes in flow rate. Other systems which could be coupled to compounds of interest are light initiated catalysis of polymerization, cellular aggregation initiated by lectin cro~-linking, enzymatic reactions resulting in polymer initiation in con~unction with water-soluble monomers, e.g., hydroxyalkyl acrylates, etc.
It is evident that the sy~tem permits a wide ~ariety of variations which allows for a variety of protocol3 and reagent~ Thus, any substance Or intere3t which allows for rlow ln a capillary can be detected ln ac¢ordance with the sub~ect invention.
The ~low in the capillary channel unit can be detected by variou~ techniques which allow for detection of fluid ~`low, e~g~, flow sensors or pre~sure sensor~, or by having a detectable component in ~he assay medium, which can be detected viYually or by d1ode assay~ ~eahnlques which allow for fluid flow determination~ inolude the use o~ m~ans for measuring .--, ` ~
:
75~3~L
triboelectricity, mean~ for detecting the rate of passage of liquid, detecting Doppler effects, or the like. Preferably, a component is used in the medium which allow~ for flow detection by detecting the passage of the component through the ~irst capillary channel exiting a receiYing chamber.
Flow can be detected by the creation of a speckle pattern re~ulting from the movement of particle in the fir~t capillary channel and the pa3~age of a coherent light source, e.gO, laser beam, or an LED, through the channe1. (See, Powers et al., supra. ) A speckle pattern results from the ( interaction of particle~ and coherent light. Flow (motion) of the particles makes the speckels move with a frequency associated with the flow rate and the light or speckle fluctuations can be detected by a photodetector. The photodetector i~ designed to detect an area not greater than about the ~ize of a ~peckle.
A plurality of photodetector element~ may be employed for detectlng different areas and averaging the signals from each area~ The ~peckle pattern can alqo be used to determine the size of the particles by analysis Or the qize of the speckles.
By employing a photodetector, the change in the light pattern as a re~ult o~ a change in the rate Or ~low can be determined by appropriate electronic mean~, such as photodiodes or phototran~ictor~, which would feed the electrical 3ignal re~ulting from the fluctuatlng light to an appropriate circuit.
Particularly easy to dls~inguish i~ a flowing liquid rrom a stationary liquid. Thua, the ~lowing ar stoppage of flow can be readily detected and the change in rate Or flow or the tlme oP pas~age through the 3S ~ir9t capillary can be determined from the be~inning of flow to the ~toppase oP Plow.
. '. . ~ . .. .
, . . . ~ .
.. .
- , '' ' .: '' ' ' ' . ' .
- '' ' '' :
. . . .
1~,7S~
One po3sible problem that can occur in capillary flow devices o~ the invention is depletion of blood or another ~ample from the reservoir prior to the stoppage of ~low caused by the detectable event being measured, 3uch as coagulation. When the liquid in khe re~ervoir i9 drawn down so that essentially no more ~luid is present in the reservoir, flow wlll ~top qince capillary force~ ~ill then be operating in both directions. Accordingly 9 it i~ u~eful to have a means of detecting this anomolou3 result in order to avoid a measurement of ~low stoppage caused by thi~ event being taken to represent the measurement flow stoppage.
Since the actual device containing the ( capillary channels and other chambers is typically a flat cartridge that is inserted into an instrument which makes the various electronic measurements, detection of reservoir depletion can be accompli3hed by embedding variou en~ors into the electronic device that holcls the reaction cartridge.
Since the reservoir i9 generally external to the electronic device ~o that blood or another fluid can be applied directly to the reservoir, measurement o~ depletion of fluid in the reqervoir typically takes place in the presence o~ ambient light and other ( 25 ambient c~ndition~, variation in which must be accounted for in any measurement technique~ One ~uitable measurement technique is to apply modulated light to the reservolr in a re~ion adJacent to the capillary leading to the reaction chamberq and other part~ of the apparatus. In fluids containing particleq, ~uch aq red blood cell~ in blood, lisht i9 scattered in all direction~ through the fluid even though the light i~ applled perpendicular to the re~ervoir. Some light will be scattered down the entry capillary, which will then act a~ a light guide.
However, the presence of partlcle~ in the fluld pre~ent in the caplllarr wlll a~aln re~ult in scattered light ', ' ' . .' .
: ' . , , ' - ~L2~5~
which pa~seq out through the tran~parent walls of` the lLght ~uide (capillary), where it can be measured by a photodetector. The capillary channel filled with blood can be con~idered to be a leaky waveguide for light, becau~e a difference in refracti~e index between the blood (high refractive index) bounded by a low refractive index material (capillary channel) will provide light guidance, while the presence of red blood cells will scatter the light through the walls of the capillary channel, thereby providing the leaking effect. Since light will only be scattered in the presence of red blood cells or other particles, a detector located in close proximity to the channel will ( detect the scattered light. The modulation of the applied light will isolate the detector from ambient ~nterferences. I~ the light is modulated at a de~ined frequency and detection electronics are sensitive only to that ~requency, ambient effects will be eliminated. The modulation applied to the light can be of any type, such as 3inusoidal waves or chopping, as long as the modulation can be both created and detected by electronic or mechanical means. Interferences from ambient light can further be eliminated by using in~rared light, which offers additional advantages (when blood i~ the sample) oP enhanced scattering and tran mission.
Thi~ technique for detecting depletion o~
~luid in the reservoir o~fers several advanta~es over other techniques. Detection of ~luids in capillary channels is normally accomplished by measuring changes in ab~orption or transmisslon of light passed through the channel. However, in certain instances thi~ will not be possible becau~e of the physical re3trictions on the reserYolr and its location in the caplllary device and the electronic apparatus into which the capillary device is inserted. For example, the size of a finger, if blood i9 being obtained ~rom a fin~er ~tlck, will : , . . .
... .
. . . ~
.. .,. . :. , , ' ~' . , . : ~ .
5~3~L
require that the reservoir be ~eparated su~ficientlY
from the electronic device to allow the finger to be placed onto the reservoir. Thiq will mean that both ~ides o~ the capillary device adjacent to the reservoir are not in contact with the electronic apparatus since at lea~t one side must be accessible ~or the finger.
With the method discu~ed here, there is no need to ha~re both ~}des o~ the capillary available for transmi~sion and detection of light. Because a scattering ef~ect is used, the detector can be present either on the same side of the capillary on which light i~ applied, on the opposite side, or in any other physical relation as long as the detector is located adjacent to the channel.
An additional u3eful control device is some means for simulating blood flow through a capillary channel in order to determine whether the electronic apparatus into which the cartridge is being inserted i~
fully operational. Numerous means of accomplishing Z this result are avallable, but one useful technique not believed to be previously u~ed in any ~imil~r manner i9 described below.
A3 described previously, one userul technique for measuring blood rlow is to detect the presence of ( 25 the speckled pattern that results rrom the interaction of particles and coherent light. Any technique that simulates blood flow when ~uch a detection system is being used will need to simulate the speckled pattern of light. Since the detec~or and the coherent light 3 source are typically located in a close spatial relationship directly opposite each other ao that insertion o~ the capillary de~ice will result in light from the coherent light source passing directly through a ohannel in the derice to the detector, simulation o~
blood rlow requires Insertlon o~ some derlce into the ele¢tronic apparatus that can modulate the light beam. While ~hlq ¢ould be accomplished using a second , ., , , , .
:, , ;i23~1 device that could, for example, produce modula~ed lLght, a useful technique is to include electronios and modulating devices directly in the capillary device so that each capillary cartridge can be used to determine the operating characteristicq of the electronic apparatus containing the coherent light ~ource and detector immediately prior to actual measurement being taken. However, thi~ requires that the ~peckled pattern generator be such that it will not then tO interfere with the actual measurement. One means o~
accomplishing these results i~ to include a liquid crystal diqplay-type apparatus at the location where meaqurement is being made. The liquid crystal material i~ selected so a~ to rotate polarized light that passes through it, ~he typical means by which liquid crystal~
operate. Polarizer filters will be present, either in the cartridge itsel~ or in the electronic apparatus into which the cartridse is inserted that will result in the pa~sage of light through the polarizing filters when the liquid cry3tal device ig turned off. However, when the liquid crystal device is activated by application o~ a voltage, light passage will be blocked.
Typically, when the liquid crystal device is ( 25 activated, it rotates tha polarization of the laser beam, thereby reducing the passage of a light and generating light amplitude fluctuations, which are detected a~ being equivalent to the mo~ing ~peckled pattern generated by pa~ing coherent light through the thin ~ilm of particle-containing fluid that would normally ~low down the capillary channel.
A low visco~lty liquid crystal material having a high re~ractive index change (thereby enabllng rapid fluatuations) i~ desirable. A typical design useq a cry3tal oqoillator and a ahain of binary counters from whioh the liquid crystal dlsplay driver si~nals are derived as well as the time base ~or the mea~urements to bo taken.
, . .
., ' ~' . ' : ' , '' ' . . :.
.
1~75~3 In order to ~urther con~ideration 5~ the Lnvention, a number of lllu~trative devices which may be u~ed wlll now be con~idered. As already indicated, the device will have at least one capillary channel unlt, one chamber unit, an en~ry port, a vent, and a reagent bound to the ~ur~ace.
The deYice will be fabricated rrom material~
wi~h the approprlate physical proper~ies, ~uch a~
optical transmi~sion, thermal conductivity, and mechanical properti~s, and which allow for unirorm coating and stability of reagent, as well as medium compatibility, for example, blood compatibillty. Where blood i9 the medium, the material ~hould be oonfigured to as3ure good blood flow ctoppage or slow~ng once clotting is initiated. For this purpose, ~uitable plaqtics include tho~e for high surface free energies and low water sorption, including PETG, polyester (MylarR), polycarbonate (LexanR), polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, and SAN. A particularly preferred plastic ia acrylonitrlle-butadiene-atyrene (ABS), particularly ABS supplied by ~org Warner under the trademark Cycolac. However, ~ince the~e pla~tics are hydrophobic and exhibit poor reagent coating and poor blood rlOw, the pla-~tics can be rendsred hy~rophilic by treatment ( 25 w~th argon pla~ma, uain~ a plaama etcher or corona di3char~e. Suitable conditions are 10-25 watts at 13.56MHz and one ~orr chamber prea~ure ror 5-10min.
Alternatively, a protein, e.g., albumin coating, can be used in ~ome in-~tances by pas-~ing a solution through 3 the device haYlng ~rom about 1-5~ serum albumin, allowing the solution to ~tand rOr 30min., wiping and dry~ng. Other modlfication~ may alao rind application. Plasma etchin~ and corona discharge pro~lde markedly ~uperior ~low control characteristics and reproduci~ility.
:'" . ' . . .
', ' . '. ' - , ' , .. . . :
, ~ ' ' , ' ' 1.~7~3 The device can be fabricated in a va~iety o~
way3. The receiving and reaction chamber~ can be ~ormed in the pla~tic 3heed by vacuum forming (PETG), injection ~olding (PETG, polystyrene, SAN), or hot ~tamping. Capillarie~ may be formed by etching a channel into the plastic. The device can be sealed by placing a cover slip (with appropriate vent hole~ at the inlet and vent) on the ba~e sheet, and sealing with ultra~onic welding or by solvent bonding. Of these techniques, markedly superior products are obtained by injection ~olding of the pla~tic device in piece~ so as to form a depression in at least one surface of at least one plastic piece. ABS polymers are particularly suited to injection molding and additionally provide a clear plastic which is suitable ~or numerous optical detection techniques. ABS polymers are also suitable for ultrasonic welding. It is prererred to ~orm the chamber~ from two substantially flat pla~tic pieces in which the capillarieq and other chambers are formed by producing matching depressions ln two ~urfaces o~ two difPerent shaped pla~tic piece It is preferred that on one Or the pieces ridges, known s energy directors, completely surround the depresjion in a closely ~paced relation 90 as to form a sur~ace of first contact when ( 25 ~he two pieCes are placed together. When A~S i~ used, the ridges are typically 7.5mil +0.5mil abo~e the sur~ace of the pla~tic. The rid$es are typically formed in the shape of a triangle, typically an equilateral triangle. The center o~ the ridge i~
3 typically 17.5 +0.5mils ~rom the edge of the depression that will ~orm the chamber. U~e o~ ~uch energy d~rectors with ultrasonic weldins produce~ a highly reproducible seal around the edges of the internal chambèr that ls ~ormed when the two sheets are ultra~onically welded together. Acce~s ports are typically rormed by molding or drillin3 holes into the depressed surraoe~ oP the lndivldual plastic pieces . .
.
I
5~31 3o prior to welding. AccordLngly, the welded ridge~ form a complete seal around the lateK~al edge~ o~ the internal chambers.
Alternatively, the pattern can be dye cut in a double-sided adhe~ive tape (e.g., 3M No. 666 tape, ~asson FaYtape A) o~ appropriate thickneqs which i~
then ~andwiched between a plastic ba~e and cover ~lide.
Or, the sandwiched layer may be die cut ~rom a plastic piece o~ appropriate thickness which would be aoated with adhe~ive and san~wiched in the same manner as the tape. The adhesive could also be qilk-~creened onko the base to give a raised pattern of desired thickness.
The sheet thickness o~ the device in the ( region of the capillary channéls will generally be equal to or exceed about 2 mil to prevent compression due to the capillary action. In the embodiment involving the sandwich, each o~ the plastic layers comprising the top and bottom will be at leaqt about 10 mil thick.
While other materials may be used for fabrication, 3uch a~ glas , ~or the mo~t part the~e materials lack one or more of the de~irable characteristics Or the indicated materials and therefore have not been discuq~ed. However, there may ( 25 b@ particular qituationq where l~laqs 9 ceramic or other material may ~ind appllcation, ~uch as a glas~ window ror optical clarity, modi~ication of surfaca ten~ion, and the like.
The device will normally include a reagent within the reaction chamber. In formulating the reagent(~), it ~ay be formulated neat or with various additive~. The manner in which it is ~ormulated, introduced into the reaction chamber and maintained in the reaction chamber, mu~t provide for rapid mixing with the sample, reproducible distribution in the chamber, stability during storage, and reproducible reaction with the sample.
.
- : . . , .' : ~ ,- . ,, ' ' . :
. . -. . -. - . . ~
'... .. , ... : ~- . - , .: ' ' ' ,:
. .
~ 5~ ~ ~
In order to a~3ure the reproducibility of d1stributLon, ~arlolls technlque~ may be employed t'or introducin~ the reagen~ into ~he chamber. Where the device i9 produced a~ two parts which fit together, the reagent may be sprayed, painted, introduced into the chamber as a liquid, lyophilized or evaporated, adsorbed, covalently conjugated, or the like. The active reagent may be combined with various stabilizers, excipients, buffers or other additives involved with the reaction. Alternatively, a ~mall vial or other holder may be attached to the reaction unit, usually chamber, being stored as a liquid, where the liquid may be introduced into the reaction unit prior or concurrently with the sample entry into the reaction unit. A second receiving chamber may be employed connected to the reaction unit by a capillary channel, where ~ransfer of ~he reagent in the second receiving chamber to the reaction unit i~ initiated in relation to introduction of the ample. For example, the second receiving chamber could be rilled and ~ealed, and then unsealed when the ~ample is introduced into the sample receiving unit.
To enhance mixing, var~.ous mechanical or ultra~onic means may be employed to agitate the sample ( 25 and reagentsi where the mixing means may be internal or externaI. ~ibrator~, ultra~onic tran~ducer3, magnetic rods or other mechanical mixing means, flow disrupters, mixing baf~le~ or barrier , ~low directors, or the like, may be employed. The particular manner in which agitation i~ provided, if provided, will vary widely depending upon the degree of agitation needed, the de~ign of the device, and the like.
Various chemicals can be used to ehance dis~olution in a uniform manner. Such chemical~ may include suriactants, polyol3, sugars, emollient~, liquids, or the like. Depending upon the nature of the reagents, the reagents may be ~ormulated in a variety o~ way3 to in~ure rapid and uniform mixing.
.
. ' ' ' ' - ` ' ' '"
.
. ~
Other che~ical~ can also be present in the rsagent chambers. For example, i~ the de~ice i~ bein~
used to measure prothrombln time and a oontrol sampl~
containing heparin i~ being used, ~uch as de3cribed Ln an appllcation filed on even date with the pre~ent application and entLtled "Whole Blood Control Samplel', which is herein incorporated by reference, said application bein~ as igned to the ~ame assignee as the present application, a heparin antagonist can be used to eliminate the e~ectq of heparin on prothro0bin time measurement. Typical heparin antagoni t~ include protamine sulfate and polybrene.
The reagent need not be coated or bound to the surface of the device, but may be provided as a ~oluble ~ponge or gel or alternatively, absorbed onto an insoluble sponge, membrane, paper (e.g., filter paper) or gel which i5 introduced into the reaction unit. In this manner the fluid may pa~ through the ~oam structure dissolving the reagent so as to form the reaction mixture.
~ he reagent may be provlded in liquid form in microcapsule~. The liquid reagent could be released from ~he m~crocapsules by applying pressure to the walls of the reaction unit, resulting in breaking of ( 25 the microcap~ules and releasing the liquid reagent.
Al~o, a~ already indicated, the reagent need not be ll~ited to a single reaction unit. The ame or different reagent~ may be introduced into the capillary or in succeqsLve reaction units. In t~ls manner a caqcading react~on may be performed, where one i~
interested in allowing each reaction step o~ a sequence to proceed for a predetermined period berore encountering the next reagent. Multiple reaction unit~
al~o àllow ~or the removal o~ components in the sample which may interfere with the desired reaction. By havin~ receptor~ in the first unit3, one or more andogenous components may be remo~ed. ~here particles ,: ; ~,, : , ~ -.
, ~ , - . .
.' ' . ' ' ;
7~;~31 are to be removed, ~ilter~ rnay be employed at the entrance or exit to a reaction unit.
In addition to the chemical reagent, micro-particle~ may be al~o lncluded in the reaction unlt which would be entrained with the moving front, where the microparticle~ could aid in the plug-forming mechanism for flow ~toppage.
In per~ormlng the assay, a sample would be taken and treated as may be appropriate. Blood ~or example might be diluted and various reagents added, particularly where there is an interest in the determination Or a particular clotting or anti-clotting factor. In specific binding assays, various particles ( might be added which had been functionalized by the addition o~ specific binding members, such as haptens, ligands, and receptors~ particularly antibodie~. In some instances, the system may be devised where clotting will occur in the ab~ence of the analyte.
Thu~, reagents will be added which, in the absence o~
the analyteg would be degraded in the reaction chamber.
Once the various materials are mixed to ~orm the ~ample medium, the sample medium would be introduced into the receiving unit and transferred by capillary action into the next unit. Either vi~ual ( 25 evaluation of the flow rate chan~e or an slectro-mechanical evaluation may be employed. The ~nitiation o~ flow through the first capillary channel or through a ~ucce~sive capillary channel may be ~elected a~ the initiation time for mea4urement, or some point in between. As already ind~cated, various means may be employed rOr determlning the rlow velocity or time to ~low ~toppage.
For measuring a Ypeckle pattern, which is obtained with partioles, as are present in blood, an apparatus compri~ing a ~emiconductor laser and photodeQtors may be employed. By exposing a photodetector of su~iQiently small area to a speckle .
. - .. . . . - .
,, ': ~ " .. ... .' , . .
:~ ~ , ' ., . . : -~; , ~ . .
' , , 7S~3~L
pattern, a random signal (nol~e) i~ ob~erved. The average of the random 31gnal ob~erYed a~ a DC ~ignal is inversely proportional to the red cell den~ity, and changes in the f`luctuation contlnue~ unt~1 flow stoppage, e.g., clotting, occur~. Such apparatus may include a hou~ing ~or receivin~ and holdlng the device and means ~or controlling the temperature.
The size of the area which i~ detected by an individual photodetector may be controlled in a variety of way~. One way, a~ indicated above, 19 to use a photodetector which ha~ only a small photosen~itive area, up to about the size of the speckle spot.
Another way is to u9e an optical fiber. By controlling ( the parameters of the fiber, the area from which the ~iber receives llght may be controlled~ Instead of a fiber, lenses may be employed to limit the observed area which lenses may be ~eparate from or molded into the device.
Where other than flow stoppage i9 involved, various 3pectrophotomer3, ~luorimeter~, or the like, may be employed for detection o~ the detectable ~ignal. Depending upon the nature of the assay protocol, a single determination or multiple determination may be made, based on a fixed value or a kinetic determination.
~ arious de~ices may be devi~ed for the subject a3says. In Figure~ 1A and ~ derices are depicted involving single chambers ar.d one or two oapillary units. The~e deYice~ can be fabricated in a 3 variety of way~, for example, having two sheet3, where each of the sheeSs have been molded ~o as to define the particular units or one of the sheet~ defines the units and the other is a coYer ~heet, or having three ~heet~, where a sheet haYin~ cutouts defining the units ~
~andwiched between the other two ~heets~ where one or the other sheets provides the necessary ori~ices for the variou~ port~. Other teehniques may also be found .
" ' ' , ' ` ~ : - .
,, . , - .
.
.. . . . . . . . .
, , ' ' ' . . , , ' , ~i'5;~3 to be u~eful ~or provlding the chamber and channel cavities.
In employing device 10 o~ F1~ure lA, caplllary 12 i~ introduoed into the sample, 30 that tne inlet port 14 is completely submerged in the ~ample.
It is important to avoid any air bubble~ where the air bubbles could interfere with ~he mea~urement. The inner ~urfaae of the upper portlon o~ capillary 12 i5 coated with reagent 16, 90 that as the liquid sample tranqLt~ the capillary 12, the reagent 16 become3 dis~olved in the ~ample. When the liquid front reaches index 18, the capillary i5 remo~ed from the ~ample, defining the sample volume, and the capillary inserted ( into a second Yluid to maintain continuou3 flow.
Otherwise, the ~ample drop can maintain a reservoir outqide of the inlet port 1~. The ~ample flows through capillary 12 into chamber 20 having vent 22. A second reagent 24 is ooated onto ~hc inner ~ur~ace of reaction chamber 23, where the assay medium undergoes a second reaction.
In using thi~ device, an a~ay medium could be prepared as the ~ample involving the ~luid ~uspected of containing the analyte and a buffered mixture of - enzyme-analyte conjugate. The reagent 16 would be ( 25 antibody to the analyte, qo that the enzyme-analyte con~ugate pre~ent in the a3say medium would become bound to the antibody in an amount related to the amount of analyte in the assay medium. The assay ~edium would then enter the chamber 20, where the reagent would~be subqtrate for the enzyme. One can employ a 3ubstrate of limited solubility, 90 that the amount o~ ~ub3trate rapidly reache~ equilibrium and remains con~tant during the measurment. One can al~o have a high conoen~ration of a ~oluble ~ub~trate to maintain sub~trate concentration constant during the mea urement. Onè can then determine the rate Or i`ormatlon o~ product which will be d~pendent upon the ..
3~
amount o~ active enzyme pre~en~ ln the ohamber. Since the amount of act1ve qnzyme can be related to ~he amount o~ analyte, this rate will there~ore be proportional to the amount o~ analyte in the ~ample.
5 ay employing a ~ubstrate and enzyme whioh prodùces a colored or fluore~cent product, the rate can be monitored by the change in color or change in ~luorescence over a predetermined time period.
Xn Figure 1B, device 30 has capillary 32 which l~ divided into channel~ 34 and 36 containing reagents 38 and 40, respectively. The two channels qhare a common inlet port 42. Channel 34 contains reagent 38, referred to as the first channel and the ( ~irst reagent, which could be microparticles to which are conjugated antibodieq to a first epitope. Channel 36 and reagent 40, referred to as the second channel and the second reagent, would contain microparticles having monoclonal antibodies to a second epi~ope. In each ca~e, the amount of monoclonal antibody would be ~ubstan~ial excess Or any analyte which would be encountered. The analyte of intere~t would have a ~ingle epitope binding to the ~irst reagent and a single epitope binding to the second reagen~. The sample woùld tra~el through the channels at a ( 25 substantially constant rate, with reaction occurring with any ~ub~tance haYing the appropriate epitopc.
All o~ the components present in the as~ay medium having the appropriate epitopes would react with the particle conjugate and become bound ~o the 3 particle con~ugate~. The particle con~ugates would then exit channels 34 and 36 and enter incuba~ion chamber 44. The chamber would also provide for caplllary action, and agita~ion due to it~ accordian shape and ~anes 46 for cau~ing turbulence in the chamber 44. Thu~, a~ the a~say medium exited the channels 34 and 36, the microparticle~ would mix and cro~ link, i~ any analyte waq present which had the two epitopes on the same molecule.
. : . . , ~ , -.
, .
- : .' ' . . , . . -- . . ~ , .
, .
~L~'7~i~3 In the incubation chamber, the partlcles would have ~u~flcient time to ag~regate, 90 that upon entr~ into exlt eaplllary 48, the partioles whLch are rormed would have a signiflcant effec~ on the Plow rate in capillary 48. B~ measurLn~ the rate o~ flow or determining particle qiæe or number of particle~ in capillary 48, one could determine the pre~ence and amount of an analyte having both epitopes. The rate of ~low or other parameter could be determined by the rate at which particle~ above a certain size transited a light path, u~ing minimum light intensity fluctuations, level of qcatter, or the like.
The subject device illustrates the ( opportunity for having a plurality of capillaries to divide a sample into a plurality or portions~ where each of the portions can be treated differently. The differently treated portions may then be brought together into a sin~le chamber, where the difrerent portions may interact in accordance with the desired protocol. ~epending upon the nature of the protocol, the resulting aq~ay medium may then be tranqferred to a capillary which may provide ~or measurement or may be further tran~ferred to additional chamber~ for further modification.
( 25 In ~igures 2A and 2B are depicted a device haYing a plurality o~ chambers and a}lowing rOr Interrupted flow. The de~ice 50 ~ 9 ~abricated ~rom three ~heets, an upper ~heet 52, a lower ~heet 54, and a spacing sheet 56, which define~ the various capillary units and chamber units. The device has thre~
chamber~s, the recei~ing chamber 58, the reaction chamber 60, and the ef~luent chamber 62. Inlet port 64 receives the sample which i~ measured by filling chamber 58 and reaching the ~irst capillary 66.
ReceiYing chamber 58 is coated with flrst reagent 68, 30 that the sample undergoes a reaction in receiving chamber 58 and i9 modi~ied.
., , ............... , . ................... :.
' . : . ' ' . .
.
~ ~75~:~31 The modifled ~ample then pa~se~ through caplllary 66 and enters reaction chamber 60, whlah i~
ooated with second rea6ent 70. The second reagent, lLke the ~ir~t reaeent, i9 part of a de~eat~on ~y3tem to provide for a detectable signal. Vent 72 i9 provided to ~top the ~low and allow for incubation in reaction chamber 60. Thi~ can be particularly useful where the slow step in the development of the detection system i9 complex formation. Depending upon the nature 0 of` the protocol, the period of incubation may be specifically timed incubation or may be one which is allowed to sit for a sufficient time to ensure completion and then the determination made. Effluent chamber 62 has exit vent 74 to permit flow past intermediate vent 72 when intermed~ate vent 72 i3 closed. Upon clo~ing of intermediate vent 72, the assay medium will then ~low through capillary 76 into efrluent chamber 62. Instead of ~ealing the vent, other alternati~es, uch a~ applying pres~ure or centrifugal force, may be used to restart flow.
The device i~ comprised of a block 78 which may be conrigured to be introduQed into a instrument ~or a~say determination. As already indicated, the ~ariou~ ~heet~ will be con~tructed ~o a~ to en~ure ( ~5 ~ufficient mechanical ~tability to with~tand capillary action and pro~ide ~or the neces~ary characteri~tics ~or flow o~ the asqay medium and detection o~ the detectable ~ignal.
The sub~ect device may be employed for flow 3 stoppage, ~uch as coagula~ion, where the coagulatlon may occur in the e~fluent chamber 62. One could mea ure the rate of ~low in capillary 66 or determine the time o~ rlow stoppage, particularly where capillary 76 i~ elongated ~See Fig. 5) and a plug ~orms in capillary 76.
In thi~ device, one could provide ~or a determination of particle count, where the fir~t , .
, . . -: ', . ' . , : ' , .
~. . .. ' ~ ., , - - :
. . .: ,. ~ : ' ~:'7~31 chamber ha~ bead con~u~ated ligands and the analyte of intere~t i9 a particular antibody. The ~ample would be introduced lnto the ree~iving chamber 58, where reaotion would occur between the bead con~ugated ligand~ and any antibody present in the sample. The ~ample would then flow to the reaction chamber 60, which would contain a reagent which bind~ specifically ta an~ibody-ligand complexes, ~uch as S. aureu~ protein A or rheumatoid ractor, which binds ~pecifically to poly(antibo~y-ligand) complexes. Thu~, any bead con~ugate which beoomes bound to antibody, would be remoYed from the liquid phase o~ the a~say medium. The device 50 could then be inserted into an in~trument, which would cover vent 72, allowing for flow through capillary 76. One could then determine the number of particle~ or beads in the assay medium in the chamber 62 or capillary 76 as a measure of the amount of antibody in the ~ample.
Alternatively, one could provide for complex formation between Fab ~ragments and major histocompatibility antigens of cel}s in the receiring chamber 58. Thus, rea~ent 68 would be Fab fragments of monoclonal antibodie~ qpecific for the ma~or histocompatibility antigen. The Fab ~ragments could be ( 25 from murine or other non-human ource o~ monoclonal antibodies. The reagent 70 would then be particles to which anti-murine immunoglobulin were con~ugated. In this way, when the Fab-bound cell~ entered the reaction chamber 60, they would bind to the latex particle con~ugates ~o a9 to form extended structure~. Upon clo~ing of the vent 72 by introducing device 50 into an instrument, the medium would ~low through capillary 76, where large particles could be determined by the ~cattering of lisht, or the pattern of tran~mis~ion of light through the capillary and blockage by the cellular-particle aggregations.
..
, In Flgure 3 i~ depicted a device which l~
exemplary of the deter~ination of a plurallty of anlayte~ ln a single sampla. The device 80 ha~s a receiving chamber 82 with inlet port 84.
The sample would be introduced into the receiving chamber 82 and be pumped by capillary action through channel 86 into reaction chamber 88. In reaction chamber 88 woul~ be one or more reagents 108 which would provide part Or the detection sy~tem. From reaction chamber 88, the assay medium would then be pumped by means of oapillarie~ 90, 92 and 94 to chamber~ 96, 98 and 100, respectively. The media in chambers 96 and 98 would then be pumped by means of ( ~ide capillaries 102 and 104 to final chamber 106. In thi~ way, a variety of reaction~ could occur, where - reagents could be provided in the various side chambers ror ~urther reaction allowing for detection of a plurality o~ epitopic ~ites.
An illustrative o~ the above apparatus, one could determine from a l~sate, the qerotype of a particular pathogen. The ly~ate would be introduced through inlet port 84 into the receiving chamb~r 82 and then be pumped into the reaction chamber 88. In the reaotion chamber would be reagent 108 which would be ( 25 monoclonal antibod~-bead conjugate~ to a public epitope of the particular pathogen. One would then maa~ure the particle count in capillaries 90, 92 and 94, which would provide the ba~e line for the particle count which ~hould be pre~ent in chamber 96, 98 and 100. In 30 each of the chamber~ 96, 98 and 100, would be monoclonal antibodies to an epitope ~pecific for a particular 3erotype, where the antibodieq are con~ugated to larger beads which are distin~uishable by light ~cattering properties from the bead~ in chamber 108. Thus, i~ the signal character changeq in chamber~
96, 98 or 100, this would be indicative o~ the particular ~erotype.
. ~ .. . . - . - .
':, . ' , ' ` ' ~ ' '.`'' ' ~
~3 If one wishsd to determine If the serotype had another antigen of interest, one c~uld pro~de for antibodies to the particular antigen in chamber 106.
Chamber 106, a narrow chamber susceptLble to particle bloc~age, would have vent 110 to allow f'or flow into chamber 106. Capillarie~ 10Z and 104 would pump the assay medium ~rom chamber~ 96 and 98 into chamber 106, where the pre3ence of the particular antigen would result in cro~ linking oP the antigen. Crosq-linking o~ the antigen would result in plug formation.
Other combinations o~ labels and protocols may be employed. By dividing the assay medium into multiple pathways, the assay medium can be treated in ( multiple di~ferent ways and, if desired, rejoined in a single chamber a~ indicated above~ This can be useful in situations where one is interested in differ~nt analyte~, which may have dif~erent combinations of epitopes, or where the analyte must be treated in di~farent way~ in order to provide the detectable 2Q signal, or where one wiqhed to add different combination~ of label~ to the analyte, where one wiqhe~
to provide a check on the reqults ob~erved, or the like.
In Figure 4 is depicted a device which allows ( 25 ~or the ~lmultaneou~ determination of a sample background value and the detectable signal. The device 120 ha~ an inlet port 122 ~eparated by partition 124 wh~ch extend3 through capillary 126, chamber 128 and second capillary 130. Capillary 130 evacuates into e~fluent cha~ber 132 having vent 1340 Chamber 128 i~
div~ded into two halr chambers or semichamber~ i36 and 138. In ~emichamber 136, two reagent~ are present indicated by the slanted lines and the oro~es. The slanted lines are monoclonal antibodies speciric rOr an 3~ epitope on the analyte, where the antibodies are non-dl~rusively bound to the surface. The cro~ses indicate monoclonal antibodies con~u~ated to rluoreqcers, where :. . ', . ~ ~ , ' ,' ~
' ' ' . ' ' 5~3~L
the monocolonal antibodie~ bind to a dL~feren~ epitope o~ the analyte. The ~`luorescer con~ugate Ls re~erslbl~
bound to the surfaoe o~ the two chambers 136 and 138 ln the area near the entry ports 140 and 142 of capillary 126.
In carrying out the assay, the ~ample inLet port is sub~erged into the ~ample and the sample allowed to rise in the capillary 126. Sufficient ~ample is introduced and the two chambers 136 and 138 are ~illed.
A~ the sample tran~its the two semichambers, di~erent event~ will occur. In the sample reaction chamber any analyte will become bound both to thee `~ antibody bound to the surface and the fluorescer conjugate, so that the amount of fluorescer conjugate which remains in the sample reaction chamber 136 will be dependent upon the amount of analyte in the sample. ~y contras~, sample which traverses control reaction chamber 138 will bind to the fluorescer Z conjugate but continue through the chamber into capillary 130.
By appropriate optics, one can read the ~luore~cenae from the two capillary regions 144 and 146. The capillary region 144 will be the region for ( 25 determination o~ the amount of ~nalyte, ~hile the ~capil1ary region 146 will serve as the control. Thus9 the amount of fluore~cence ob~erved in region i46 will be the maximum amoun~ of fluorescence available ~rom the combination of ~ample and ~luore~cer con~ugate.
Any reductlon in ~luorescence in the capillary region 144 will be as a direct reqult of the presence of analyte. The two ~tream~ will then exit into e~fluent chamber 132.
A shown in Figure 5, the next embodiment 160 provide~ a ~erpentine path. The device has a hou~ing 162 which is a rectangu~ar plastic block ~haped to rit into a reading apparatu~ (not ~hown). The block is . . ..
. . .
. . . . ~ , . ........................... . .
- .
5~1 indexed at ~ite 164 for alignment to the apparatu~.
The reoeivlng ohamber 166 has a volume about one and one~half time~ the volume of the reaction chamber. The two chambers are connected by the ~irst caplllary channel 168. Inlet port 170 provideq Por introduction of the a~say ~ample by syringe, eyedropper, or other convenient means. A serpentine capillary path 172 connectq to outlet 174 of reaction chamber 176. The ~erpentine channel 172 terminates in re~ervoir chamber 178 which haq outlet port 180.
~arious oth~r oonfigurations can be employed in particular situation~. For example, one could employ a "Y"-shaped device where one arm of the Y has a ~ample receiving chamber with the inlet port sealed.
The sample receiving chamber i3 connected through a ~irst conduit to the mixing member which ~erves as the trunk of the Y. The ~ir~t conduit may be filled with a rluid which may be a buf~er solution or other diluent.
The second are o~ the Y has a ~luid chamber with a removalbe ~eal oYer a port. The rluid chamber is ~illed with a ~luld which may serve as a diluentl reagent ~ource, or the like. The ~luid chamber may be as large a~ desired 90 Shat it may provide the de~ired ratio of ~luid to s mple. The fluid chamber i~
connocted to the mixing mem~er through a ~econd conduit which is al~o rllled with the f~uid o~ the fluid chamber. The cro~-sections o~ the first and ~ec~nd conduitq are selected to provide Por the proper volume ratio o~ the ~luid and ~ample.
3 The mlxing member may be a capillary or chamber. The mixing member may be the final element of the device or may be connected to additional element~. Thu~, the Y can ~erve a~ a complete device, by providing the mixing member with an outlet port or a part of a larger device by connecting the mixing member to additional capillarie~ and~or chambers.
..... . . . .. . ... .. . . . . . . .
.
- ., - -'' ~, ' ,. , ~ . . . - .
-- .
: ': ~ . ' - , .. . .
L~4 To use the Y, the ~eé~ls ars removed from the fluid cham~er an-l ~ample ohamber, wh1le retain~n~ the outlet port aealed ~o prevent flow. T~le lnlet port may then be oontacted with the sample and the outlet port unsealed. The ~ample and ~luid ~rom the two chambers will begin to flGW and be mixed in the mixing member in the proper proportion. ~epending on the particular protocol, one can determine a number o~ dif~erent events by reading the ~low of fluid in one o~ the capillaries.
One applicatLon would be to provide fluorescent antibodie~ in the fluid chamber. Where the sample contains cells having the homologous ligand the ( mixing of the fluorescent antibodies and cells will result in large fluorescent particles as a result of the homologous antigen being present on the cells.
These large fluorescent particles could then be detected by various mean~.
Figure 6 3hows a cros~-3ectional view ~hrough a ~ection Or a hypothetical davice being prepared by ultrasonic welding from two in~ection-molded pla~tic piece~ (not nece~3arily ~ho~n in any o~ the previous ~igures), prior to ultra~onic welding. The two pla~tic piece3 202 and 204 that will be used to ~orm the internal chambers are shown properly aligned ~i.e., in regi~ter) in Figure 6A. "Registration" i9 used here in the prLnting sense, re~erring to proper alignment of the depres~ion~ pre~ent ~n the 3urfaces of the two piece~ that are used to ~orm the internal chambers and capillarle~. Proper registration can be aided by in~ection molding the two piece~ to provide pro jection3 on one piece that rit into holeq or depre3sions (other than capillary- or chamber- forming depression~) in the ~econd piece. A ~ingle convoluted depres~ion, 206 and 208, re3peotively, is formed into the 3ur~ace of each piece, but the cro~s-qectional view qhown in the ~igure cuta through the depression at ~hree qeparate :.' :, . ~ ', -,, ~-. . , .
. , . . : , , . : -' ~ . .
.
~75'~31 ~s locatlons, two Or whlch will re3ult in capillary ~paceq ~210 in Figure 6B) while the remaining location will re~ult in t~e ~ormation of a lar~er reaction chamber ~212 in Figure 6B). Energy-directing ridges 214 ean be 5 seen in the ~ur~ace oP one o~ the two plastic piece3 t204) ad~acent to the periphery of the depression.
Figure 6B hows the same cros3 sectional view a~ter ultrasonic welding. The pla3tic has melted ~electively in ~he region of the energy-directing 10 ridges ~o that the two pla~tic pieces have melted into ~ach other to form a seal around the capillary and the reaction chamber. In order to minimize the destructive effects o~ heat caused by the ultrasonic welding, C ultra30nic welding is carried out only until a seal i9 15 ~ormed and does not need to be carried out until the entire plastic surfaces have welded together. Unwelded contact sur~aces are shown by re~erence number~ 216 in Figure 6B. Use of energy ridges and short welding times also ensure ~hat ~he dimension~ of the 20 depres~ions will be unafrected by the welding event.
~elding time will be 3elected so that the melting twelding) almost but not quite reaches the edge of the depression. The extremely small crackq left between the two plates in the area or the capillaries wlll not ( 25 adversely effect capillary action.
Figure 7 shows electranic circuitry that can be utilized to simulate the passa~e o~ blood through a ; capillary ~low deYice. The circuitry includes a crystal~controlled 03cillator in which 220 represents 3o the cry tal and 222 repre~ents the oscillator. The signal from the oqcillator drives two ~requency dividers (224 and 226) that will generate the output ~lgnals for a driver 228 Or a liquid cry~tal di3play aell 230. Cell 230 iq biased by an oscillating signal 35 having a specific rate of oscillation, for example 128Hz. The cell wlll therefore rotate it3 polarization at the rate o~ 128Hz. Polarizer 231 in combination - .
. ~.
, .
'~ 7 S'~ 3 wlth cell 230 there~ore operate to alternately bloclc and pa~ light a~ a result o~ the rotating polarizat1on.
Two more divider~ ~232 and 234) ~rlve a logical AND gate (236) who~e output will go to a logic circuit low at de~ined intervals, for example, approximately every 20 ~econds. When the output goes to a logical low, the output of a logical OR gate (238) will reset the dividers, thereby stopping the proces~. Aocordingly, modulating signals ~or the liquid crystal di~play c~ll 230 are generated for the set time period, 20 ~econds in the above example.
The device is provided with a start switch ( 240. When switch 240 i~ closed, the reset signal i~
cleared, and the process is restarted.
The oscillator, dividers, logic gates, and liquid crystal display driver can be implemented in CMOS technology using standard techniques o~ electronic ~abrication. An CM05 device can be readily powered 20 through more than 10,000 cycles when powered by a coin-t~pe lithium battery.
Figure 8 shows a device ror determining when the sample present in a re3ervoir is depleted. In this ~lgure~ blood is presumed to be the 3ample. When blood ( 25 i9 applied to 3ample reservolr 242 it will start ~lowing immediately down capillary channel 244 b~
capillary actlon. A light source 246, typically an infrared light-emitting-diode (LED), is loeated adJacent to the blood reser~oir near the capillary 3 entrance~ Light ~ource 246 i~ moduIated by a ~odulator 248, typically a sinusoidal wave or square wave generator. A t~pical modulation frequency is about 8KHz~ The modulated light will be scattered by red blood cells in the blood ~ample7 and a fraction of this light will be guided by capillary channel 244 ~ormed in the plastic capillary flow device 250. Since the red blood cells ln the sample will ~urther ~catter this .,, . . . . . , . , . ,:
, - . . . . .
- . . ,, , .. : . .
-~ .
-:
5~3 gulded light, photodetector 252, typically locate~ ln close proximity to the lnlet 254 of the capillary channel, will capture ome Or the sca~tere~ l~ght. The signal output of the photodetector wlll con~qt of the ~uperpo~Ltion of ambient light and ~cattered light.
The ~cattered light component i9 3eparated ~rom the ambient light by a band-pa~s ~ilter 256 and i further ampli~ied by a~pli~er 258. Thi~ ~lgnal i~ rectir1ed by rectifier 260 and integrated by integrater 262 in order to generate a direct current voltage proportional to the scattered light. Other type~ o~ signal generator~
can be u~ed to produce a detectable signal that i~
~eperable from ambient llght and it~ pos~ible variations. Example~ include wave lengths (e.g., use of infrared light sources), light pul~e~, ~inusoidal wave genera~ion, and digital encodation. When method~
other than frequency modulation are u~ed to produce the detectable ~lgnal, the term "~ilter" a~ u~ed in thi3 ~pecification refers to any means of ~eparating the 2~ detectable signal rrom variation in ambient light.
Although the exact location Or the ambient light source and detector in relation to the Junction ~etween the blood re~ervoir and the capillary can be varied depending on the capillary size, ~trength of a ( 25 llght 30urce, detection llmit o~ the detector, ad~orbance o~ the ~ample, and the like, it i3 pre~erred that ~oth the light ~ource and the detector be relatively close to the ~unction, particularly when a highly abo~rbant ~ample such a~ blood, it i~
30 utilized. When an in~rared light 30urce i~ u3ed, it i~ -prererred to place the light source rrOm 0.5 to 2mm rrom the capillary entrance with an infr~red-~ensitive photodetector being located ~rom 1 to 4mm from the ~un~tion.
A~ the blood re~ervoir emptie~ due to the capillary ~low, the li3ht path between light ~ource 246 and photodetector 252 will be interrupted, thereby .
, :
, ~'75~31 reducing the voltage output from integrator 262. By connecting the output Or t~le intesrat~on to a comparaSor 254, a logical level indicating the presence or absence of ~qample in the re~ervoir is obtain~d.
Furthermore, by ad~usting the position of the light ~ource or the re~erence voltage of the comparator, the volume o~ sample in the reservoir at which the deciqion "no _ample" i9 made can be controlled.
An infrared light source i9 preferred becau~qe o~ it~q larger ef~iciency in converting electric current into light, a~ compared to vi~ible-light light emitting-diodes. A modulating frequency of ~everal kilohertz (preferably 3 to 20 kHz) is selected in order ( the mo~e the modulation ~requency from the low 60Hz harmonicq preqent in artificial illumination, thereby simplifying the separation o~ ambient light and signal light. The separation is enhanced even ~urther by the ~election of an in~rared light source.
Obviously, various de~igns of the individual chambers and channel~ can be provided. The designs and channel~ will be selected to provide for optimum sen~iti~ity for particular a qa~s. The volumes o~ the chamber~ will be choqen ~o a3 to accommodate an appropriate sample volume. The nature and croqs ( 25 section of the fir~t capillary~channel together with t~e size of the reaction chamber will control the residence tlme o~ the as~ay medium in the reaction chamber. In some ~ystem3 a reaction will terminate upon the sample exiting the reaction chamber, e,g., antigen-antibody~ complex rormation, pro-enzyme to enzyme, etc., where a component is bound to the ~urface Or the chamber. The reaction occurring in the react~on chamber, may result in a product which produceq a blockage in the 3econd capillarly channel or preventq a blockage rrom rorming. The re~idence time for the reaction in the reaction chamber can be care~ully controlled by controlling the dimen~ion~ o~ the .. . . . ..
: . - .
.. . .
'S~,.3 caplllary channels and reaction chamber, a~ well as temperature.
It is evident that any type o~ caplllar~
channel may be employed which provides for accommodating the appropriate volume and time period to rlow ~toppage. Variou~ de~igns may be u~ed such as ~erpentine, linear, U-shaped, pleated, or the like.
The channel cro~3-sect~on may be circular, ellipsoid, rectangular, or combinations thereof. Th0 length of the channels may be determined empirically depending upon the other parameter~ involved.
The initial or metering channel may be of constant or varying cross-section. With a constant ( cross-section, the observed Plow velocity will diminish with the path length traver~ed. Therefore, the observed ehange in velocity will have two components:
(1) an inherent reduc~ion in ~elocity related to the inorea3ing friction with increasing ~luid path length;
and (2) increasing or decrea~ing vi~cosity of the medium due to any reaction occurring.
In order to eliminate the effect of the ~luid path length, a tapered cap~llary may be employed. The taper can be calculated by determining the cross-section, e.g., helght and w~dth9 of the channel Por ( 25 each point along the channel path. The equation~ below are employed. The equation~ are ba~ed on known principlea of ~luid mechanics ~e.6., R. Byron Bird ~arren E. Stewart, Edwin N. Lightfoot, Tran~port Phenomena, John ~iley & Son~, Inc., 1960).
The flowrate, Q, meaqured by the laser 5in the first capillary channel) can be deflned by:
Q ~ VA ~ ~r4 ~ ~p 8~ z (1) where, V is the velocity in the 2nd capillary, and A i3 the area oP the l~t capillary channel, and:
. . , - , , , , . " . ' . .
, . .
5~
r ~ radiu~ o~ the 2nd caplllary chann~l ~isco~ity o~' the rlu~d z ~ dI~tance down the 2nd capillary channeL
~P ~ the pre~ure drop In the 2nd capi~lary is de~ined by:
aP ~ ~ (2) r wherein:
( Y - surface tension o~ the ~luid ~ , contact angle Or ~luid with ~ur~ace Combining (1) and (2), the rlowrate, Q, become3:
Q ~ r3~ C09 ~ (3) 4z~
Form (3) it can be aeen that the radiu~ of the 2nd : capillary channel is proportional to the distance down the channel, z:
25: ~
r ~ kz /
where k n 4Q~u _ _ :
: i: : : : Y7r c~s ~ .
~: ~30 : ~ ; :
~ : and Q* i3 the desired con~tant rlowrate in the 2nd : . capillary chann~
::: : :
: 35 .
~: ;
.' . : . : . . ~ :
., .. : .
..
5~
Uslng t~e a~ov~ equatLon3 an~ sel~cting a deqired Q~, the rollowing table indlcat~q the changes ln radlu~ at the po~ltion de~ined by z, ~or k ~ 0.034 Length ~adius Flowrate Inc Vol Vol Flow Tlme 0.090 0.206 0.13 0,127 0.62 o;osa 0;103 0.13 0.254 1.85 1015 o.ogo 0.069 0.13 0.3~2 3.70 0.092 0;056 0.13 0.515 6.11 0.099 0.056 0.16 0.671 8.91 0;106 0.056 0.18 0.846 12.06 ( 35 0.111 0;056 O.i9 1.040 15.56 1540 0;116 0.056 0;21 1.253 19.38 0.121 0.056 0.23 1.482 23.51 0~125 0;056 0.25 1;729 27;95 0.129 0.056 0.26 1.992 32.68 0.133 0;056 ~ 0.28 2.270 37;68 20~5 0.137 0.056 0.29 2.563 42.97 O;i40 0.056 0.31 2;872 48 52 0.143 0.056 0.32 3.195 54.33 0.147 0.056 0.34 3.532 60.40 0.149 0.056 0.35 3.883 66.72 . .
2590 U.152 0.056 0.36 4.248 73.28 0.155 0.~056 0~.38 ~.626 80.08 100 0.158 0.056 0.39 5.017 87.12 105 0.160 0.056 0.40 5.421 94~40 i10 0.163 0;056 0.42 6;l~38101 ;90 3: 115 0.165 oios6 0,43 6.?67iog.63 120 0;i68 0.056 ;0;44 6.709117.5~
0~170 0.056 0.45 7.16312S.75 130 0.172 0.056 0.47 7.629134.13 135 0.174 0.056 0~48 8.107142.73 ., ,, . ' , - . :' . , Length Radius Flowrate Ino Vol Vol Flow Ti~
mnl mm mm3/sec mm3 m,n3 qe¢
5 ~l0 0.177 0.056 0.~9 8.596 151.55 145 0.179 0.056 0.50 9;098 160.56 150 0.181 0.056 0.51 9.610 169.79 155 0.183 0.056 0.52 10;134 179.22 160 0.185 0.056 0.54 10.669 188.85 It i~ evident from the above table that the path may ohange from a capillary of constant radius, to one in which the radius increaqes (e.g., a funnel) or ( decreases with distance. This formula can be used to vary veloc~ty as desired as the liquid moves dawn the capillary track or ~hrough a region o~ reagent. On could even envi~ion a pul~qating flow.
In accordance with the subject invention, novel devices and methodq are provided ~or Measuring a wide variety of ~ample characteri~tics including analyte3 of intereqt. The devices provide ~or ~imple mea3urement or volumes, mixing of reagentq, incubationq, and v1qual or instrumental determination o~ the result. The detection syqtem may involve the ( 25 absorption or emi~ion o~ light, or modulation of flow, Including qlowing, ~toppage, or their rever3al. Of ~`
particular ln~erest i3~ the u~e o~ blood where clotting can be determined or reagent~ a~eeting clotting. Alqo of interest are a wide variety of analyte~, which include naturally-occurring compounds or qynthetic drugs. The devices allow for the simultaneous performance o~ controls and comparison o~ signals from ~he two media. In addition, various eombination~ of channels and chamberq may be employed, ~o that the pathway~ can diverge and converge, be broken up into a plurality of dlfrerent pathwayq or a ~ample may be divided into a plurality of pathq and treated in a :`
... ... . . . , , ., . ,,: . .. .
. ., - .: - . , ~:
- ., . . .-.
5~3 s3 variety o~ way~. The de~loes can be slmple to fabrLcate and the serpentlne path readlly devi~ed by cmploying known rabrLcatlon techniques, with par~icularly advantageous device3 belng available through use o~ the preferred fabrLcatlon technlques descrlbed herein.
The ~ollowin~ exa~ple~ are o~fered by way of illuqtrat10n and not by way Or limitation.
EXPERIMENTAL
EXAMPLE 1: Detection o~ Prothrombin Time A device or cartridge analogous to the device Figure 5 is employed. Two pieces of cellulose acetate 40mil thlck are separated by ~cored Fason fa~t tape B to provide the proper design o~ channel and chambers. The reaction chamber contain~ a thromboplastin reagent where an aqueous ~olution Or the thromboplaqtin i~ lntroduced into the chamber, the water evaporated, leaving the chamber coated with ~hrombopla3tin. The thrombopla~tin reagent compo.~it~on ~5: 15mg/ml rabbi~ brain thrombopla~in extract; 1S
glycine; 0.01% thimerosoI; 0.01% streptomycin-sulfate;
O.01% Triton* X100; 0.08% pheno~ polyethylene glycol ( 25 3500; 4~ aucrose; 0.001~ polybreneT~. The mixture i9 ly~philized and reconstituted to 0,25 origlnal volume with deionized water. Three yl of the recon~tute~
liquid i~ then placed on the reagent area o~ ~h~ devi~e and then allowed to alr dry before attaching the other sheet or cover of the deYice. A cover i~ then placed oYer the chamber-~ and channels, and a 15~1 blood 3ample is lntroduced lnto the recel~lng chamber. The device i~ then inserted into a monitor which may be thermostatted at 25C or 37C, where a gallium arsenide 35~ ~emiconductor la3er o~ wa~elength 0.78~ direat~ a beam at a site between the end~ of the channel ~oining the receiving chamber and the reaction chamber. On the * Trade Mark ~: . . , . . - .
., . . :
s~
opposite sicte ~rom the laser is a 9il~ con photodetector of a ~mall aea ~uf~icient to detact the oscillatlng qpeckl~d pattern resultLng ~rom the red blood cells ~lowlng through tne channel. A DC ~ignal i~ ob erved with large ~luctuations. The DC ~ignal i9 inver~ely proportional ~o the red cell density, and rluctuation continues until clotting occurs. The time is then rela~ed to known standard~ to determine the clotting characteri~tic of the blood. Where warfarin 1~ being admini~tered to the blood source, the time ~or clotting can be related to the effect of warfarin on the blood clotting time. In addition, ~he light absorbance in the channel can be determined to provide for a ( hematocrit, as a further characteri~tic of the blood ~ample. Because of the short path length of the light, undiluted blood can be used which provides a further convenience.
EXAMPLE 2: Detection Or Cross-linked Fibrin Dimer by Latex Aggultination Materials: "Dimertest latex" reagent~ and control serum (MABC0 Ltd). A cartridge analogou~ to that of fLg. 5 is u~ed. Two flat piece~ of polystyrene formed by in~ection moulding are welded together to ( 25 ~orm the capillary channel and reagent chamber. The r~ceiv~ng chamber (166~ is 0.467cm wide by O.O9cm deep. The fir~t capillary channel (168) i~ i.3mm wide by O.O9mm deep. The reagent chamber (176) i~ a elip~e Or maJor axi~ 12mm and minor axi 6mm and i~ 0.09mm 30 deep. The erpentine capillary path (172) i 160mm long tapering ~rom a radiu~ of O.O9mm at the outlet of the reagent chamber to 0.185mm at the outlet port ~180).
Experimental: Sample (10~l of either bu~er or posi~ive control~ wa~ mixed with antibody coated latex ~40~1); after 3' sentle ~haking 40~1 of the mixture was inJected into the cartridge containing no - ' '.: ' . ''' . ', ', '. : . ' :' . .
reagent and inserted lnto a monLtor as described ln Example 1. The signal frorn the laser de~ector waq recorded on an Omega chart recorder (model 1202) u~lng 5V ~ull scale sen~itivity and a chart speed o~
6cm/min. The movement o~ latex particles through the light ~eam produced a slightly noi~y trace (-l chart division {0.01 full scale} peak-peak). Agglutination of the latex caused by the presence o~ the analyte (cross-linked fibrin degradation products) re~ulted in a ~ignificant increase in noi~e (~3 chart divisions peak-peak).
EXAMPLE 3: Direct Blood Grouping by Red ( Blood Cell Agglutination MaterLals: Human blood samples of known groups anticoagulated with sodium citrate. Blood grouping anti~era (American Dade).
Experimental: Resuspended blood (40~1) wa~
mixed with antiserum (40~1) and 40 ~l of the mixture in~ected into empty car~ridges (as in example 2) and result~ analyzed as in Example 2. Positive agglutination was observed aq a rapidly increa~ing noise level, negative reactions ga~e a ~teady, low, noi~e level.
( ~5 EXAMPLE 4: Direct blood grouping by ~low stop Material~: Blood samples a~ in Example 3.
Cartridges a~ described in Example 2 were employed.
Berore welding the two parts of the cartridge, the 3 serpentine track or the lower part wa~ evenly coated with 5~1 blood typing anti-serum (American Dade) which had been dialysed again~t 1~ glycine (Na~) pH 7.5 containlng 0.01% Triton X-100, 2~ sucrose and 0.5%
polyethylene glycol -3500. SolYent (water) was then remo~ed by e~aporation and t'ne two parts of the cartrid~e welded together.
:
~75~3 Ex~erimental: ~lood (40~1) wa~ injected into the cartridge3 after inqertion Ln a monitor (described in example 1). The time ~or flow of red blood cells past the la~er beam to stop was recorded.
Po~itive Time or ~ 175 4 B A >270 8 0 A >200 B >187 *A po~itive reaction was deflned as Time < 120s.
.:
O
Agglutination of red b}ood cells at the leading edge of the blood cau~ed clog~ing of the track and flow ~top.
All the blood samples gave the appropriate re~ction.
:
~XAMPLE 5. Blood ~roupin~ by ~low rate mea~urement~
Material~: Blood samples a3 in Example 3;
.
Cartridge~ ta3 de3cribed in example 2) with 3~1 American Dade blood typing ntisera applied (a descrlbed in example 4) to the reagent chamber and dried.
~ erimental: Blood (50~1~ wa~ in~ected into the cartridge~ at room temperature. The time taken for the blood to reach known distances along the narrow .
track was recorded. Flow rate~ were then calculated ~om a knowled~e of the cros~ ~e¢tion Or the ~rack as a ~unction o~ di~tance.
' .
. .
.
: . ~ : , .
, . . .
.3 Positive Blood Flow Ra~e at or so9(mm~/s? _Negati~e 6 a A 0.045 B 0.025 1 A A 0.018 B 0.045 8 0 A 0.047 B 0.047 *A posltive reaction wa~ taken as flow rate ~0.030 mm3/~.
Agglutination of red blood cell~ cau~ed a significant reduction in flow rates.
EXAMPLE 6: Use of filters_to modify ~ample composition a. Red cells were quantitatively removed from whole blood by filtration through a dry ~ilter paper disc impregnated with anti human red cells. Disc were cut to ~it the ~ample application ~ite of cartridges from Beckman ParagonR electrophore~is blotter paper (about 0.57mm thick). A metal punch of diame~er 0.467cm was u~ed. After the diso~ were ~nugly inserted in the sample f cite of the track 9 1 0~1 rabbit anti-human red cells ~25 ~Cappel)` wa~ added. This i~ enough liquid to 3aturate the paper. The llquid wa~ then evaporated under ~acuum.
When blood (40~1) was applied to the di~c abou~
For monovalent or haptenic analytes, the assay would be modified by employing a polyhapten reagent which could be added to the sample prior to introduction of the sample into the device. The pre~ence of hapten would reduce complex formation in contrast to the result obser~ed with the multivalent antigen analyte.
Any system which re3ults in a change in ~low velocity or can be coupled to a reagent or system which affects flow veloclty may be measured. Various systems have already been indicated which result in changes in flow rate. Other systems which could be coupled to compounds of interest are light initiated catalysis of polymerization, cellular aggregation initiated by lectin cro~-linking, enzymatic reactions resulting in polymer initiation in con~unction with water-soluble monomers, e.g., hydroxyalkyl acrylates, etc.
It is evident that the sy~tem permits a wide ~ariety of variations which allows for a variety of protocol3 and reagent~ Thus, any substance Or intere3t which allows for rlow ln a capillary can be detected ln ac¢ordance with the sub~ect invention.
The ~low in the capillary channel unit can be detected by variou~ techniques which allow for detection of fluid ~`low, e~g~, flow sensors or pre~sure sensor~, or by having a detectable component in ~he assay medium, which can be detected viYually or by d1ode assay~ ~eahnlques which allow for fluid flow determination~ inolude the use o~ m~ans for measuring .--, ` ~
:
75~3~L
triboelectricity, mean~ for detecting the rate of passage of liquid, detecting Doppler effects, or the like. Preferably, a component is used in the medium which allow~ for flow detection by detecting the passage of the component through the ~irst capillary channel exiting a receiYing chamber.
Flow can be detected by the creation of a speckle pattern re~ulting from the movement of particle in the fir~t capillary channel and the pa3~age of a coherent light source, e.gO, laser beam, or an LED, through the channe1. (See, Powers et al., supra. ) A speckle pattern results from the ( interaction of particle~ and coherent light. Flow (motion) of the particles makes the speckels move with a frequency associated with the flow rate and the light or speckle fluctuations can be detected by a photodetector. The photodetector i~ designed to detect an area not greater than about the ~ize of a ~peckle.
A plurality of photodetector element~ may be employed for detectlng different areas and averaging the signals from each area~ The ~peckle pattern can alqo be used to determine the size of the particles by analysis Or the qize of the speckles.
By employing a photodetector, the change in the light pattern as a re~ult o~ a change in the rate Or ~low can be determined by appropriate electronic mean~, such as photodiodes or phototran~ictor~, which would feed the electrical 3ignal re~ulting from the fluctuatlng light to an appropriate circuit.
Particularly easy to dls~inguish i~ a flowing liquid rrom a stationary liquid. Thua, the ~lowing ar stoppage of flow can be readily detected and the change in rate Or flow or the tlme oP pas~age through the 3S ~ir9t capillary can be determined from the be~inning of flow to the ~toppase oP Plow.
. '. . ~ . .. .
, . . . ~ .
.. .
- , '' ' .: '' ' ' ' . ' .
- '' ' '' :
. . . .
1~,7S~
One po3sible problem that can occur in capillary flow devices o~ the invention is depletion of blood or another ~ample from the reservoir prior to the stoppage of ~low caused by the detectable event being measured, 3uch as coagulation. When the liquid in khe re~ervoir i9 drawn down so that essentially no more ~luid is present in the reservoir, flow wlll ~top qince capillary force~ ~ill then be operating in both directions. Accordingly 9 it i~ u~eful to have a means of detecting this anomolou3 result in order to avoid a measurement of ~low stoppage caused by thi~ event being taken to represent the measurement flow stoppage.
Since the actual device containing the ( capillary channels and other chambers is typically a flat cartridge that is inserted into an instrument which makes the various electronic measurements, detection of reservoir depletion can be accompli3hed by embedding variou en~ors into the electronic device that holcls the reaction cartridge.
Since the reservoir i9 generally external to the electronic device ~o that blood or another fluid can be applied directly to the reservoir, measurement o~ depletion of fluid in the reqervoir typically takes place in the presence o~ ambient light and other ( 25 ambient c~ndition~, variation in which must be accounted for in any measurement technique~ One ~uitable measurement technique is to apply modulated light to the reservolr in a re~ion adJacent to the capillary leading to the reaction chamberq and other part~ of the apparatus. In fluids containing particleq, ~uch aq red blood cell~ in blood, lisht i9 scattered in all direction~ through the fluid even though the light i~ applled perpendicular to the re~ervoir. Some light will be scattered down the entry capillary, which will then act a~ a light guide.
However, the presence of partlcle~ in the fluld pre~ent in the caplllarr wlll a~aln re~ult in scattered light ', ' ' . .' .
: ' . , , ' - ~L2~5~
which pa~seq out through the tran~parent walls of` the lLght ~uide (capillary), where it can be measured by a photodetector. The capillary channel filled with blood can be con~idered to be a leaky waveguide for light, becau~e a difference in refracti~e index between the blood (high refractive index) bounded by a low refractive index material (capillary channel) will provide light guidance, while the presence of red blood cells will scatter the light through the walls of the capillary channel, thereby providing the leaking effect. Since light will only be scattered in the presence of red blood cells or other particles, a detector located in close proximity to the channel will ( detect the scattered light. The modulation of the applied light will isolate the detector from ambient ~nterferences. I~ the light is modulated at a de~ined frequency and detection electronics are sensitive only to that ~requency, ambient effects will be eliminated. The modulation applied to the light can be of any type, such as 3inusoidal waves or chopping, as long as the modulation can be both created and detected by electronic or mechanical means. Interferences from ambient light can further be eliminated by using in~rared light, which offers additional advantages (when blood i~ the sample) oP enhanced scattering and tran mission.
Thi~ technique for detecting depletion o~
~luid in the reservoir o~fers several advanta~es over other techniques. Detection of ~luids in capillary channels is normally accomplished by measuring changes in ab~orption or transmisslon of light passed through the channel. However, in certain instances thi~ will not be possible becau~e of the physical re3trictions on the reserYolr and its location in the caplllary device and the electronic apparatus into which the capillary device is inserted. For example, the size of a finger, if blood i9 being obtained ~rom a fin~er ~tlck, will : , . . .
... .
. . . ~
.. .,. . :. , , ' ~' . , . : ~ .
5~3~L
require that the reservoir be ~eparated su~ficientlY
from the electronic device to allow the finger to be placed onto the reservoir. Thiq will mean that both ~ides o~ the capillary device adjacent to the reservoir are not in contact with the electronic apparatus since at lea~t one side must be accessible ~or the finger.
With the method discu~ed here, there is no need to ha~re both ~}des o~ the capillary available for transmi~sion and detection of light. Because a scattering ef~ect is used, the detector can be present either on the same side of the capillary on which light i~ applied, on the opposite side, or in any other physical relation as long as the detector is located adjacent to the channel.
An additional u3eful control device is some means for simulating blood flow through a capillary channel in order to determine whether the electronic apparatus into which the cartridge is being inserted i~
fully operational. Numerous means of accomplishing Z this result are avallable, but one useful technique not believed to be previously u~ed in any ~imil~r manner i9 described below.
A3 described previously, one userul technique for measuring blood rlow is to detect the presence of ( 25 the speckled pattern that results rrom the interaction of particles and coherent light. Any technique that simulates blood flow when ~uch a detection system is being used will need to simulate the speckled pattern of light. Since the detec~or and the coherent light 3 source are typically located in a close spatial relationship directly opposite each other ao that insertion o~ the capillary de~ice will result in light from the coherent light source passing directly through a ohannel in the derice to the detector, simulation o~
blood rlow requires Insertlon o~ some derlce into the ele¢tronic apparatus that can modulate the light beam. While ~hlq ¢ould be accomplished using a second , ., , , , .
:, , ;i23~1 device that could, for example, produce modula~ed lLght, a useful technique is to include electronios and modulating devices directly in the capillary device so that each capillary cartridge can be used to determine the operating characteristicq of the electronic apparatus containing the coherent light ~ource and detector immediately prior to actual measurement being taken. However, thi~ requires that the ~peckled pattern generator be such that it will not then tO interfere with the actual measurement. One means o~
accomplishing these results i~ to include a liquid crystal diqplay-type apparatus at the location where meaqurement is being made. The liquid crystal material i~ selected so a~ to rotate polarized light that passes through it, ~he typical means by which liquid crystal~
operate. Polarizer filters will be present, either in the cartridge itsel~ or in the electronic apparatus into which the cartridse is inserted that will result in the pa~sage of light through the polarizing filters when the liquid cry3tal device ig turned off. However, when the liquid crystal device is activated by application o~ a voltage, light passage will be blocked.
Typically, when the liquid crystal device is ( 25 activated, it rotates tha polarization of the laser beam, thereby reducing the passage of a light and generating light amplitude fluctuations, which are detected a~ being equivalent to the mo~ing ~peckled pattern generated by pa~ing coherent light through the thin ~ilm of particle-containing fluid that would normally ~low down the capillary channel.
A low visco~lty liquid crystal material having a high re~ractive index change (thereby enabllng rapid fluatuations) i~ desirable. A typical design useq a cry3tal oqoillator and a ahain of binary counters from whioh the liquid crystal dlsplay driver si~nals are derived as well as the time base ~or the mea~urements to bo taken.
, . .
., ' ~' . ' : ' , '' ' . . :.
.
1~75~3 In order to ~urther con~ideration 5~ the Lnvention, a number of lllu~trative devices which may be u~ed wlll now be con~idered. As already indicated, the device will have at least one capillary channel unlt, one chamber unit, an en~ry port, a vent, and a reagent bound to the ~ur~ace.
The deYice will be fabricated rrom material~
wi~h the approprlate physical proper~ies, ~uch a~
optical transmi~sion, thermal conductivity, and mechanical properti~s, and which allow for unirorm coating and stability of reagent, as well as medium compatibility, for example, blood compatibillty. Where blood i9 the medium, the material ~hould be oonfigured to as3ure good blood flow ctoppage or slow~ng once clotting is initiated. For this purpose, ~uitable plaqtics include tho~e for high surface free energies and low water sorption, including PETG, polyester (MylarR), polycarbonate (LexanR), polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, and SAN. A particularly preferred plastic ia acrylonitrlle-butadiene-atyrene (ABS), particularly ABS supplied by ~org Warner under the trademark Cycolac. However, ~ince the~e pla~tics are hydrophobic and exhibit poor reagent coating and poor blood rlOw, the pla-~tics can be rendsred hy~rophilic by treatment ( 25 w~th argon pla~ma, uain~ a plaama etcher or corona di3char~e. Suitable conditions are 10-25 watts at 13.56MHz and one ~orr chamber prea~ure ror 5-10min.
Alternatively, a protein, e.g., albumin coating, can be used in ~ome in-~tances by pas-~ing a solution through 3 the device haYlng ~rom about 1-5~ serum albumin, allowing the solution to ~tand rOr 30min., wiping and dry~ng. Other modlfication~ may alao rind application. Plasma etchin~ and corona discharge pro~lde markedly ~uperior ~low control characteristics and reproduci~ility.
:'" . ' . . .
', ' . '. ' - , ' , .. . . :
, ~ ' ' , ' ' 1.~7~3 The device can be fabricated in a va~iety o~
way3. The receiving and reaction chamber~ can be ~ormed in the pla~tic 3heed by vacuum forming (PETG), injection ~olding (PETG, polystyrene, SAN), or hot ~tamping. Capillarie~ may be formed by etching a channel into the plastic. The device can be sealed by placing a cover slip (with appropriate vent hole~ at the inlet and vent) on the ba~e sheet, and sealing with ultra~onic welding or by solvent bonding. Of these techniques, markedly superior products are obtained by injection ~olding of the pla~tic device in piece~ so as to form a depression in at least one surface of at least one plastic piece. ABS polymers are particularly suited to injection molding and additionally provide a clear plastic which is suitable ~or numerous optical detection techniques. ABS polymers are also suitable for ultrasonic welding. It is prererred to ~orm the chamber~ from two substantially flat pla~tic pieces in which the capillarieq and other chambers are formed by producing matching depressions ln two ~urfaces o~ two difPerent shaped pla~tic piece It is preferred that on one Or the pieces ridges, known s energy directors, completely surround the depresjion in a closely ~paced relation 90 as to form a sur~ace of first contact when ( 25 ~he two pieCes are placed together. When A~S i~ used, the ridges are typically 7.5mil +0.5mil abo~e the sur~ace of the pla~tic. The rid$es are typically formed in the shape of a triangle, typically an equilateral triangle. The center o~ the ridge i~
3 typically 17.5 +0.5mils ~rom the edge of the depression that will ~orm the chamber. U~e o~ ~uch energy d~rectors with ultrasonic weldins produce~ a highly reproducible seal around the edges of the internal chambèr that ls ~ormed when the two sheets are ultra~onically welded together. Acce~s ports are typically rormed by molding or drillin3 holes into the depressed surraoe~ oP the lndivldual plastic pieces . .
.
I
5~31 3o prior to welding. AccordLngly, the welded ridge~ form a complete seal around the lateK~al edge~ o~ the internal chambers.
Alternatively, the pattern can be dye cut in a double-sided adhe~ive tape (e.g., 3M No. 666 tape, ~asson FaYtape A) o~ appropriate thickneqs which i~
then ~andwiched between a plastic ba~e and cover ~lide.
Or, the sandwiched layer may be die cut ~rom a plastic piece o~ appropriate thickness which would be aoated with adhe~ive and san~wiched in the same manner as the tape. The adhesive could also be qilk-~creened onko the base to give a raised pattern of desired thickness.
The sheet thickness o~ the device in the ( region of the capillary channéls will generally be equal to or exceed about 2 mil to prevent compression due to the capillary action. In the embodiment involving the sandwich, each o~ the plastic layers comprising the top and bottom will be at leaqt about 10 mil thick.
While other materials may be used for fabrication, 3uch a~ glas , ~or the mo~t part the~e materials lack one or more of the de~irable characteristics Or the indicated materials and therefore have not been discuq~ed. However, there may ( 25 b@ particular qituationq where l~laqs 9 ceramic or other material may ~ind appllcation, ~uch as a glas~ window ror optical clarity, modi~ication of surfaca ten~ion, and the like.
The device will normally include a reagent within the reaction chamber. In formulating the reagent(~), it ~ay be formulated neat or with various additive~. The manner in which it is ~ormulated, introduced into the reaction chamber and maintained in the reaction chamber, mu~t provide for rapid mixing with the sample, reproducible distribution in the chamber, stability during storage, and reproducible reaction with the sample.
.
- : . . , .' : ~ ,- . ,, ' ' . :
. . -. . -. - . . ~
'... .. , ... : ~- . - , .: ' ' ' ,:
. .
~ 5~ ~ ~
In order to a~3ure the reproducibility of d1stributLon, ~arlolls technlque~ may be employed t'or introducin~ the reagen~ into ~he chamber. Where the device i9 produced a~ two parts which fit together, the reagent may be sprayed, painted, introduced into the chamber as a liquid, lyophilized or evaporated, adsorbed, covalently conjugated, or the like. The active reagent may be combined with various stabilizers, excipients, buffers or other additives involved with the reaction. Alternatively, a ~mall vial or other holder may be attached to the reaction unit, usually chamber, being stored as a liquid, where the liquid may be introduced into the reaction unit prior or concurrently with the sample entry into the reaction unit. A second receiving chamber may be employed connected to the reaction unit by a capillary channel, where ~ransfer of ~he reagent in the second receiving chamber to the reaction unit i~ initiated in relation to introduction of the ample. For example, the second receiving chamber could be rilled and ~ealed, and then unsealed when the ~ample is introduced into the sample receiving unit.
To enhance mixing, var~.ous mechanical or ultra~onic means may be employed to agitate the sample ( 25 and reagentsi where the mixing means may be internal or externaI. ~ibrator~, ultra~onic tran~ducer3, magnetic rods or other mechanical mixing means, flow disrupters, mixing baf~le~ or barrier , ~low directors, or the like, may be employed. The particular manner in which agitation i~ provided, if provided, will vary widely depending upon the degree of agitation needed, the de~ign of the device, and the like.
Various chemicals can be used to ehance dis~olution in a uniform manner. Such chemical~ may include suriactants, polyol3, sugars, emollient~, liquids, or the like. Depending upon the nature of the reagents, the reagents may be ~ormulated in a variety o~ way3 to in~ure rapid and uniform mixing.
.
. ' ' ' ' - ` ' ' '"
.
. ~
Other che~ical~ can also be present in the rsagent chambers. For example, i~ the de~ice i~ bein~
used to measure prothrombln time and a oontrol sampl~
containing heparin i~ being used, ~uch as de3cribed Ln an appllcation filed on even date with the pre~ent application and entLtled "Whole Blood Control Samplel', which is herein incorporated by reference, said application bein~ as igned to the ~ame assignee as the present application, a heparin antagonist can be used to eliminate the e~ectq of heparin on prothro0bin time measurement. Typical heparin antagoni t~ include protamine sulfate and polybrene.
The reagent need not be coated or bound to the surface of the device, but may be provided as a ~oluble ~ponge or gel or alternatively, absorbed onto an insoluble sponge, membrane, paper (e.g., filter paper) or gel which i5 introduced into the reaction unit. In this manner the fluid may pa~ through the ~oam structure dissolving the reagent so as to form the reaction mixture.
~ he reagent may be provlded in liquid form in microcapsule~. The liquid reagent could be released from ~he m~crocapsules by applying pressure to the walls of the reaction unit, resulting in breaking of ( 25 the microcap~ules and releasing the liquid reagent.
Al~o, a~ already indicated, the reagent need not be ll~ited to a single reaction unit. The ame or different reagent~ may be introduced into the capillary or in succeqsLve reaction units. In t~ls manner a caqcading react~on may be performed, where one i~
interested in allowing each reaction step o~ a sequence to proceed for a predetermined period berore encountering the next reagent. Multiple reaction unit~
al~o àllow ~or the removal o~ components in the sample which may interfere with the desired reaction. By havin~ receptor~ in the first unit3, one or more andogenous components may be remo~ed. ~here particles ,: ; ~,, : , ~ -.
, ~ , - . .
.' ' . ' ' ;
7~;~31 are to be removed, ~ilter~ rnay be employed at the entrance or exit to a reaction unit.
In addition to the chemical reagent, micro-particle~ may be al~o lncluded in the reaction unlt which would be entrained with the moving front, where the microparticle~ could aid in the plug-forming mechanism for flow ~toppage.
In per~ormlng the assay, a sample would be taken and treated as may be appropriate. Blood ~or example might be diluted and various reagents added, particularly where there is an interest in the determination Or a particular clotting or anti-clotting factor. In specific binding assays, various particles ( might be added which had been functionalized by the addition o~ specific binding members, such as haptens, ligands, and receptors~ particularly antibodie~. In some instances, the system may be devised where clotting will occur in the ab~ence of the analyte.
Thu~, reagents will be added which, in the absence o~
the analyteg would be degraded in the reaction chamber.
Once the various materials are mixed to ~orm the ~ample medium, the sample medium would be introduced into the receiving unit and transferred by capillary action into the next unit. Either vi~ual ( 25 evaluation of the flow rate chan~e or an slectro-mechanical evaluation may be employed. The ~nitiation o~ flow through the first capillary channel or through a ~ucce~sive capillary channel may be ~elected a~ the initiation time for mea4urement, or some point in between. As already ind~cated, various means may be employed rOr determlning the rlow velocity or time to ~low ~toppage.
For measuring a Ypeckle pattern, which is obtained with partioles, as are present in blood, an apparatus compri~ing a ~emiconductor laser and photodeQtors may be employed. By exposing a photodetector of su~iQiently small area to a speckle .
. - .. . . . - .
,, ': ~ " .. ... .' , . .
:~ ~ , ' ., . . : -~; , ~ . .
' , , 7S~3~L
pattern, a random signal (nol~e) i~ ob~erved. The average of the random 31gnal ob~erYed a~ a DC ~ignal is inversely proportional to the red cell den~ity, and changes in the f`luctuation contlnue~ unt~1 flow stoppage, e.g., clotting, occur~. Such apparatus may include a hou~ing ~or receivin~ and holdlng the device and means ~or controlling the temperature.
The size of the area which i~ detected by an individual photodetector may be controlled in a variety of way~. One way, a~ indicated above, 19 to use a photodetector which ha~ only a small photosen~itive area, up to about the size of the speckle spot.
Another way is to u9e an optical fiber. By controlling ( the parameters of the fiber, the area from which the ~iber receives llght may be controlled~ Instead of a fiber, lenses may be employed to limit the observed area which lenses may be ~eparate from or molded into the device.
Where other than flow stoppage i9 involved, various 3pectrophotomer3, ~luorimeter~, or the like, may be employed for detection o~ the detectable ~ignal. Depending upon the nature of the assay protocol, a single determination or multiple determination may be made, based on a fixed value or a kinetic determination.
~ arious de~ices may be devi~ed for the subject a3says. In Figure~ 1A and ~ derices are depicted involving single chambers ar.d one or two oapillary units. The~e deYice~ can be fabricated in a 3 variety of way~, for example, having two sheet3, where each of the sheeSs have been molded ~o as to define the particular units or one of the sheet~ defines the units and the other is a coYer ~heet, or having three ~heet~, where a sheet haYin~ cutouts defining the units ~
~andwiched between the other two ~heets~ where one or the other sheets provides the necessary ori~ices for the variou~ port~. Other teehniques may also be found .
" ' ' , ' ` ~ : - .
,, . , - .
.
.. . . . . . . . .
, , ' ' ' . . , , ' , ~i'5;~3 to be u~eful ~or provlding the chamber and channel cavities.
In employing device 10 o~ F1~ure lA, caplllary 12 i~ introduoed into the sample, 30 that tne inlet port 14 is completely submerged in the ~ample.
It is important to avoid any air bubble~ where the air bubbles could interfere with ~he mea~urement. The inner ~urfaae of the upper portlon o~ capillary 12 i5 coated with reagent 16, 90 that as the liquid sample tranqLt~ the capillary 12, the reagent 16 become3 dis~olved in the ~ample. When the liquid front reaches index 18, the capillary i5 remo~ed from the ~ample, defining the sample volume, and the capillary inserted ( into a second Yluid to maintain continuou3 flow.
Otherwise, the ~ample drop can maintain a reservoir outqide of the inlet port 1~. The ~ample flows through capillary 12 into chamber 20 having vent 22. A second reagent 24 is ooated onto ~hc inner ~ur~ace of reaction chamber 23, where the assay medium undergoes a second reaction.
In using thi~ device, an a~ay medium could be prepared as the ~ample involving the ~luid ~uspected of containing the analyte and a buffered mixture of - enzyme-analyte conjugate. The reagent 16 would be ( 25 antibody to the analyte, qo that the enzyme-analyte con~ugate pre~ent in the a3say medium would become bound to the antibody in an amount related to the amount of analyte in the assay medium. The assay ~edium would then enter the chamber 20, where the reagent would~be subqtrate for the enzyme. One can employ a 3ubstrate of limited solubility, 90 that the amount o~ ~ub3trate rapidly reache~ equilibrium and remains con~tant during the measurment. One can al~o have a high conoen~ration of a ~oluble ~ub~trate to maintain sub~trate concentration constant during the mea urement. Onè can then determine the rate Or i`ormatlon o~ product which will be d~pendent upon the ..
3~
amount o~ active enzyme pre~en~ ln the ohamber. Since the amount of act1ve qnzyme can be related to ~he amount o~ analyte, this rate will there~ore be proportional to the amount o~ analyte in the ~ample.
5 ay employing a ~ubstrate and enzyme whioh prodùces a colored or fluore~cent product, the rate can be monitored by the change in color or change in ~luorescence over a predetermined time period.
Xn Figure 1B, device 30 has capillary 32 which l~ divided into channel~ 34 and 36 containing reagents 38 and 40, respectively. The two channels qhare a common inlet port 42. Channel 34 contains reagent 38, referred to as the first channel and the ( ~irst reagent, which could be microparticles to which are conjugated antibodieq to a first epitope. Channel 36 and reagent 40, referred to as the second channel and the second reagent, would contain microparticles having monoclonal antibodies to a second epi~ope. In each ca~e, the amount of monoclonal antibody would be ~ubstan~ial excess Or any analyte which would be encountered. The analyte of intere~t would have a ~ingle epitope binding to the ~irst reagent and a single epitope binding to the second reagen~. The sample woùld tra~el through the channels at a ( 25 substantially constant rate, with reaction occurring with any ~ub~tance haYing the appropriate epitopc.
All o~ the components present in the as~ay medium having the appropriate epitopes would react with the particle conjugate and become bound ~o the 3 particle con~ugate~. The particle con~ugates would then exit channels 34 and 36 and enter incuba~ion chamber 44. The chamber would also provide for caplllary action, and agita~ion due to it~ accordian shape and ~anes 46 for cau~ing turbulence in the chamber 44. Thu~, a~ the a~say medium exited the channels 34 and 36, the microparticle~ would mix and cro~ link, i~ any analyte waq present which had the two epitopes on the same molecule.
. : . . , ~ , -.
, .
- : .' ' . . , . . -- . . ~ , .
, .
~L~'7~i~3 In the incubation chamber, the partlcles would have ~u~flcient time to ag~regate, 90 that upon entr~ into exlt eaplllary 48, the partioles whLch are rormed would have a signiflcant effec~ on the Plow rate in capillary 48. B~ measurLn~ the rate o~ flow or determining particle qiæe or number of particle~ in capillary 48, one could determine the pre~ence and amount of an analyte having both epitopes. The rate of ~low or other parameter could be determined by the rate at which particle~ above a certain size transited a light path, u~ing minimum light intensity fluctuations, level of qcatter, or the like.
The subject device illustrates the ( opportunity for having a plurality of capillaries to divide a sample into a plurality or portions~ where each of the portions can be treated differently. The differently treated portions may then be brought together into a sin~le chamber, where the difrerent portions may interact in accordance with the desired protocol. ~epending upon the nature of the protocol, the resulting aq~ay medium may then be tranqferred to a capillary which may provide ~or measurement or may be further tran~ferred to additional chamber~ for further modification.
( 25 In ~igures 2A and 2B are depicted a device haYing a plurality o~ chambers and a}lowing rOr Interrupted flow. The de~ice 50 ~ 9 ~abricated ~rom three ~heets, an upper ~heet 52, a lower ~heet 54, and a spacing sheet 56, which define~ the various capillary units and chamber units. The device has thre~
chamber~s, the recei~ing chamber 58, the reaction chamber 60, and the ef~luent chamber 62. Inlet port 64 receives the sample which i~ measured by filling chamber 58 and reaching the ~irst capillary 66.
ReceiYing chamber 58 is coated with flrst reagent 68, 30 that the sample undergoes a reaction in receiving chamber 58 and i9 modi~ied.
., , ............... , . ................... :.
' . : . ' ' . .
.
~ ~75~:~31 The modifled ~ample then pa~se~ through caplllary 66 and enters reaction chamber 60, whlah i~
ooated with second rea6ent 70. The second reagent, lLke the ~ir~t reaeent, i9 part of a de~eat~on ~y3tem to provide for a detectable signal. Vent 72 i9 provided to ~top the ~low and allow for incubation in reaction chamber 60. Thi~ can be particularly useful where the slow step in the development of the detection system i9 complex formation. Depending upon the nature 0 of` the protocol, the period of incubation may be specifically timed incubation or may be one which is allowed to sit for a sufficient time to ensure completion and then the determination made. Effluent chamber 62 has exit vent 74 to permit flow past intermediate vent 72 when intermed~ate vent 72 i3 closed. Upon clo~ing of intermediate vent 72, the assay medium will then ~low through capillary 76 into efrluent chamber 62. Instead of ~ealing the vent, other alternati~es, uch a~ applying pres~ure or centrifugal force, may be used to restart flow.
The device i~ comprised of a block 78 which may be conrigured to be introduQed into a instrument ~or a~say determination. As already indicated, the ~ariou~ ~heet~ will be con~tructed ~o a~ to en~ure ( ~5 ~ufficient mechanical ~tability to with~tand capillary action and pro~ide ~or the neces~ary characteri~tics ~or flow o~ the asqay medium and detection o~ the detectable ~ignal.
The sub~ect device may be employed for flow 3 stoppage, ~uch as coagula~ion, where the coagulatlon may occur in the e~fluent chamber 62. One could mea ure the rate of ~low in capillary 66 or determine the time o~ rlow stoppage, particularly where capillary 76 i~ elongated ~See Fig. 5) and a plug ~orms in capillary 76.
In thi~ device, one could provide ~or a determination of particle count, where the fir~t , .
, . . -: ', . ' . , : ' , .
~. . .. ' ~ ., , - - :
. . .: ,. ~ : ' ~:'7~31 chamber ha~ bead con~u~ated ligands and the analyte of intere~t i9 a particular antibody. The ~ample would be introduced lnto the ree~iving chamber 58, where reaotion would occur between the bead con~ugated ligand~ and any antibody present in the sample. The ~ample would then flow to the reaction chamber 60, which would contain a reagent which bind~ specifically ta an~ibody-ligand complexes, ~uch as S. aureu~ protein A or rheumatoid ractor, which binds ~pecifically to poly(antibo~y-ligand) complexes. Thu~, any bead con~ugate which beoomes bound to antibody, would be remoYed from the liquid phase o~ the a~say medium. The device 50 could then be inserted into an in~trument, which would cover vent 72, allowing for flow through capillary 76. One could then determine the number of particle~ or beads in the assay medium in the chamber 62 or capillary 76 as a measure of the amount of antibody in the ~ample.
Alternatively, one could provide for complex formation between Fab ~ragments and major histocompatibility antigens of cel}s in the receiring chamber 58. Thus, rea~ent 68 would be Fab fragments of monoclonal antibodie~ qpecific for the ma~or histocompatibility antigen. The Fab ~ragments could be ( 25 from murine or other non-human ource o~ monoclonal antibodies. The reagent 70 would then be particles to which anti-murine immunoglobulin were con~ugated. In this way, when the Fab-bound cell~ entered the reaction chamber 60, they would bind to the latex particle con~ugates ~o a9 to form extended structure~. Upon clo~ing of the vent 72 by introducing device 50 into an instrument, the medium would ~low through capillary 76, where large particles could be determined by the ~cattering of lisht, or the pattern of tran~mis~ion of light through the capillary and blockage by the cellular-particle aggregations.
..
, In Flgure 3 i~ depicted a device which l~
exemplary of the deter~ination of a plurallty of anlayte~ ln a single sampla. The device 80 ha~s a receiving chamber 82 with inlet port 84.
The sample would be introduced into the receiving chamber 82 and be pumped by capillary action through channel 86 into reaction chamber 88. In reaction chamber 88 woul~ be one or more reagents 108 which would provide part Or the detection sy~tem. From reaction chamber 88, the assay medium would then be pumped by means of oapillarie~ 90, 92 and 94 to chamber~ 96, 98 and 100, respectively. The media in chambers 96 and 98 would then be pumped by means of ( ~ide capillaries 102 and 104 to final chamber 106. In thi~ way, a variety of reaction~ could occur, where - reagents could be provided in the various side chambers ror ~urther reaction allowing for detection of a plurality o~ epitopic ~ites.
An illustrative o~ the above apparatus, one could determine from a l~sate, the qerotype of a particular pathogen. The ly~ate would be introduced through inlet port 84 into the receiving chamb~r 82 and then be pumped into the reaction chamber 88. In the reaotion chamber would be reagent 108 which would be ( 25 monoclonal antibod~-bead conjugate~ to a public epitope of the particular pathogen. One would then maa~ure the particle count in capillaries 90, 92 and 94, which would provide the ba~e line for the particle count which ~hould be pre~ent in chamber 96, 98 and 100. In 30 each of the chamber~ 96, 98 and 100, would be monoclonal antibodies to an epitope ~pecific for a particular 3erotype, where the antibodieq are con~ugated to larger beads which are distin~uishable by light ~cattering properties from the bead~ in chamber 108. Thus, i~ the signal character changeq in chamber~
96, 98 or 100, this would be indicative o~ the particular ~erotype.
. ~ .. . . - . - .
':, . ' , ' ` ' ~ ' '.`'' ' ~
~3 If one wishsd to determine If the serotype had another antigen of interest, one c~uld pro~de for antibodies to the particular antigen in chamber 106.
Chamber 106, a narrow chamber susceptLble to particle bloc~age, would have vent 110 to allow f'or flow into chamber 106. Capillarie~ 10Z and 104 would pump the assay medium ~rom chamber~ 96 and 98 into chamber 106, where the pre3ence of the particular antigen would result in cro~ linking oP the antigen. Crosq-linking o~ the antigen would result in plug formation.
Other combinations o~ labels and protocols may be employed. By dividing the assay medium into multiple pathways, the assay medium can be treated in ( multiple di~ferent ways and, if desired, rejoined in a single chamber a~ indicated above~ This can be useful in situations where one is interested in differ~nt analyte~, which may have dif~erent combinations of epitopes, or where the analyte must be treated in di~farent way~ in order to provide the detectable 2Q signal, or where one wiqhed to add different combination~ of label~ to the analyte, where one wiqhe~
to provide a check on the reqults ob~erved, or the like.
In Figure 4 is depicted a device which allows ( 25 ~or the ~lmultaneou~ determination of a sample background value and the detectable signal. The device 120 ha~ an inlet port 122 ~eparated by partition 124 wh~ch extend3 through capillary 126, chamber 128 and second capillary 130. Capillary 130 evacuates into e~fluent cha~ber 132 having vent 1340 Chamber 128 i~
div~ded into two halr chambers or semichamber~ i36 and 138. In ~emichamber 136, two reagent~ are present indicated by the slanted lines and the oro~es. The slanted lines are monoclonal antibodies speciric rOr an 3~ epitope on the analyte, where the antibodies are non-dl~rusively bound to the surface. The cro~ses indicate monoclonal antibodies con~u~ated to rluoreqcers, where :. . ', . ~ ~ , ' ,' ~
' ' ' . ' ' 5~3~L
the monocolonal antibodie~ bind to a dL~feren~ epitope o~ the analyte. The ~`luorescer con~ugate Ls re~erslbl~
bound to the surfaoe o~ the two chambers 136 and 138 ln the area near the entry ports 140 and 142 of capillary 126.
In carrying out the assay, the ~ample inLet port is sub~erged into the ~ample and the sample allowed to rise in the capillary 126. Sufficient ~ample is introduced and the two chambers 136 and 138 are ~illed.
A~ the sample tran~its the two semichambers, di~erent event~ will occur. In the sample reaction chamber any analyte will become bound both to thee `~ antibody bound to the surface and the fluorescer conjugate, so that the amount of fluorescer conjugate which remains in the sample reaction chamber 136 will be dependent upon the amount of analyte in the sample. ~y contras~, sample which traverses control reaction chamber 138 will bind to the fluorescer Z conjugate but continue through the chamber into capillary 130.
By appropriate optics, one can read the ~luore~cenae from the two capillary regions 144 and 146. The capillary region 144 will be the region for ( 25 determination o~ the amount of ~nalyte, ~hile the ~capil1ary region 146 will serve as the control. Thus9 the amount of fluore~cence ob~erved in region i46 will be the maximum amoun~ of fluorescence available ~rom the combination of ~ample and ~luore~cer con~ugate.
Any reductlon in ~luorescence in the capillary region 144 will be as a direct reqult of the presence of analyte. The two ~tream~ will then exit into e~fluent chamber 132.
A shown in Figure 5, the next embodiment 160 provide~ a ~erpentine path. The device has a hou~ing 162 which is a rectangu~ar plastic block ~haped to rit into a reading apparatu~ (not ~hown). The block is . . ..
. . .
. . . . ~ , . ........................... . .
- .
5~1 indexed at ~ite 164 for alignment to the apparatu~.
The reoeivlng ohamber 166 has a volume about one and one~half time~ the volume of the reaction chamber. The two chambers are connected by the ~irst caplllary channel 168. Inlet port 170 provideq Por introduction of the a~say ~ample by syringe, eyedropper, or other convenient means. A serpentine capillary path 172 connectq to outlet 174 of reaction chamber 176. The ~erpentine channel 172 terminates in re~ervoir chamber 178 which haq outlet port 180.
~arious oth~r oonfigurations can be employed in particular situation~. For example, one could employ a "Y"-shaped device where one arm of the Y has a ~ample receiving chamber with the inlet port sealed.
The sample receiving chamber i3 connected through a ~irst conduit to the mixing member which ~erves as the trunk of the Y. The ~ir~t conduit may be filled with a rluid which may be a buf~er solution or other diluent.
The second are o~ the Y has a ~luid chamber with a removalbe ~eal oYer a port. The rluid chamber is ~illed with a ~luld which may serve as a diluentl reagent ~ource, or the like. The ~luid chamber may be as large a~ desired 90 Shat it may provide the de~ired ratio of ~luid to s mple. The fluid chamber i~
connocted to the mixing mem~er through a ~econd conduit which is al~o rllled with the f~uid o~ the fluid chamber. The cro~-sections o~ the first and ~ec~nd conduitq are selected to provide Por the proper volume ratio o~ the ~luid and ~ample.
3 The mlxing member may be a capillary or chamber. The mixing member may be the final element of the device or may be connected to additional element~. Thu~, the Y can ~erve a~ a complete device, by providing the mixing member with an outlet port or a part of a larger device by connecting the mixing member to additional capillarie~ and~or chambers.
..... . . . .. . ... .. . . . . . . .
.
- ., - -'' ~, ' ,. , ~ . . . - .
-- .
: ': ~ . ' - , .. . .
L~4 To use the Y, the ~eé~ls ars removed from the fluid cham~er an-l ~ample ohamber, wh1le retain~n~ the outlet port aealed ~o prevent flow. T~le lnlet port may then be oontacted with the sample and the outlet port unsealed. The ~ample and ~luid ~rom the two chambers will begin to flGW and be mixed in the mixing member in the proper proportion. ~epending on the particular protocol, one can determine a number o~ dif~erent events by reading the ~low of fluid in one o~ the capillaries.
One applicatLon would be to provide fluorescent antibodie~ in the fluid chamber. Where the sample contains cells having the homologous ligand the ( mixing of the fluorescent antibodies and cells will result in large fluorescent particles as a result of the homologous antigen being present on the cells.
These large fluorescent particles could then be detected by various mean~.
Figure 6 3hows a cros~-3ectional view ~hrough a ~ection Or a hypothetical davice being prepared by ultrasonic welding from two in~ection-molded pla~tic piece~ (not nece~3arily ~ho~n in any o~ the previous ~igures), prior to ultra~onic welding. The two pla~tic piece3 202 and 204 that will be used to ~orm the internal chambers are shown properly aligned ~i.e., in regi~ter) in Figure 6A. "Registration" i9 used here in the prLnting sense, re~erring to proper alignment of the depres~ion~ pre~ent ~n the 3urfaces of the two piece~ that are used to ~orm the internal chambers and capillarle~. Proper registration can be aided by in~ection molding the two piece~ to provide pro jection3 on one piece that rit into holeq or depre3sions (other than capillary- or chamber- forming depression~) in the ~econd piece. A ~ingle convoluted depres~ion, 206 and 208, re3peotively, is formed into the 3ur~ace of each piece, but the cro~s-qectional view qhown in the ~igure cuta through the depression at ~hree qeparate :.' :, . ~ ', -,, ~-. . , .
. , . . : , , . : -' ~ . .
.
~75'~31 ~s locatlons, two Or whlch will re3ult in capillary ~paceq ~210 in Figure 6B) while the remaining location will re~ult in t~e ~ormation of a lar~er reaction chamber ~212 in Figure 6B). Energy-directing ridges 214 ean be 5 seen in the ~ur~ace oP one o~ the two plastic piece3 t204) ad~acent to the periphery of the depression.
Figure 6B hows the same cros3 sectional view a~ter ultrasonic welding. The pla3tic has melted ~electively in ~he region of the energy-directing 10 ridges ~o that the two pla~tic pieces have melted into ~ach other to form a seal around the capillary and the reaction chamber. In order to minimize the destructive effects o~ heat caused by the ultrasonic welding, C ultra30nic welding is carried out only until a seal i9 15 ~ormed and does not need to be carried out until the entire plastic surfaces have welded together. Unwelded contact sur~aces are shown by re~erence number~ 216 in Figure 6B. Use of energy ridges and short welding times also ensure ~hat ~he dimension~ of the 20 depres~ions will be unafrected by the welding event.
~elding time will be 3elected so that the melting twelding) almost but not quite reaches the edge of the depression. The extremely small crackq left between the two plates in the area or the capillaries wlll not ( 25 adversely effect capillary action.
Figure 7 shows electranic circuitry that can be utilized to simulate the passa~e o~ blood through a ; capillary ~low deYice. The circuitry includes a crystal~controlled 03cillator in which 220 represents 3o the cry tal and 222 repre~ents the oscillator. The signal from the oqcillator drives two ~requency dividers (224 and 226) that will generate the output ~lgnals for a driver 228 Or a liquid cry~tal di3play aell 230. Cell 230 iq biased by an oscillating signal 35 having a specific rate of oscillation, for example 128Hz. The cell wlll therefore rotate it3 polarization at the rate o~ 128Hz. Polarizer 231 in combination - .
. ~.
, .
'~ 7 S'~ 3 wlth cell 230 there~ore operate to alternately bloclc and pa~ light a~ a result o~ the rotating polarizat1on.
Two more divider~ ~232 and 234) ~rlve a logical AND gate (236) who~e output will go to a logic circuit low at de~ined intervals, for example, approximately every 20 ~econds. When the output goes to a logical low, the output of a logical OR gate (238) will reset the dividers, thereby stopping the proces~. Aocordingly, modulating signals ~or the liquid crystal di~play c~ll 230 are generated for the set time period, 20 ~econds in the above example.
The device is provided with a start switch ( 240. When switch 240 i~ closed, the reset signal i~
cleared, and the process is restarted.
The oscillator, dividers, logic gates, and liquid crystal display driver can be implemented in CMOS technology using standard techniques o~ electronic ~abrication. An CM05 device can be readily powered 20 through more than 10,000 cycles when powered by a coin-t~pe lithium battery.
Figure 8 shows a device ror determining when the sample present in a re3ervoir is depleted. In this ~lgure~ blood is presumed to be the 3ample. When blood ( 25 i9 applied to 3ample reservolr 242 it will start ~lowing immediately down capillary channel 244 b~
capillary actlon. A light source 246, typically an infrared light-emitting-diode (LED), is loeated adJacent to the blood reser~oir near the capillary 3 entrance~ Light ~ource 246 i~ moduIated by a ~odulator 248, typically a sinusoidal wave or square wave generator. A t~pical modulation frequency is about 8KHz~ The modulated light will be scattered by red blood cells in the blood ~ample7 and a fraction of this light will be guided by capillary channel 244 ~ormed in the plastic capillary flow device 250. Since the red blood cells ln the sample will ~urther ~catter this .,, . . . . . , . , . ,:
, - . . . . .
- . . ,, , .. : . .
-~ .
-:
5~3 gulded light, photodetector 252, typically locate~ ln close proximity to the lnlet 254 of the capillary channel, will capture ome Or the sca~tere~ l~ght. The signal output of the photodetector wlll con~qt of the ~uperpo~Ltion of ambient light and ~cattered light.
The ~cattered light component i9 3eparated ~rom the ambient light by a band-pa~s ~ilter 256 and i further ampli~ied by a~pli~er 258. Thi~ ~lgnal i~ rectir1ed by rectifier 260 and integrated by integrater 262 in order to generate a direct current voltage proportional to the scattered light. Other type~ o~ signal generator~
can be u~ed to produce a detectable signal that i~
~eperable from ambient llght and it~ pos~ible variations. Example~ include wave lengths (e.g., use of infrared light sources), light pul~e~, ~inusoidal wave genera~ion, and digital encodation. When method~
other than frequency modulation are u~ed to produce the detectable ~lgnal, the term "~ilter" a~ u~ed in thi3 ~pecification refers to any means of ~eparating the 2~ detectable signal rrom variation in ambient light.
Although the exact location Or the ambient light source and detector in relation to the Junction ~etween the blood re~ervoir and the capillary can be varied depending on the capillary size, ~trength of a ( 25 llght 30urce, detection llmit o~ the detector, ad~orbance o~ the ~ample, and the like, it i3 pre~erred that ~oth the light ~ource and the detector be relatively close to the ~unction, particularly when a highly abo~rbant ~ample such a~ blood, it i~
30 utilized. When an in~rared light 30urce i~ u3ed, it i~ -prererred to place the light source rrOm 0.5 to 2mm rrom the capillary entrance with an infr~red-~ensitive photodetector being located ~rom 1 to 4mm from the ~un~tion.
A~ the blood re~ervoir emptie~ due to the capillary ~low, the li3ht path between light ~ource 246 and photodetector 252 will be interrupted, thereby .
, :
, ~'75~31 reducing the voltage output from integrator 262. By connecting the output Or t~le intesrat~on to a comparaSor 254, a logical level indicating the presence or absence of ~qample in the re~ervoir is obtain~d.
Furthermore, by ad~usting the position of the light ~ource or the re~erence voltage of the comparator, the volume o~ sample in the reservoir at which the deciqion "no _ample" i9 made can be controlled.
An infrared light source i9 preferred becau~qe o~ it~q larger ef~iciency in converting electric current into light, a~ compared to vi~ible-light light emitting-diodes. A modulating frequency of ~everal kilohertz (preferably 3 to 20 kHz) is selected in order ( the mo~e the modulation ~requency from the low 60Hz harmonicq preqent in artificial illumination, thereby simplifying the separation o~ ambient light and signal light. The separation is enhanced even ~urther by the ~election of an in~rared light source.
Obviously, various de~igns of the individual chambers and channel~ can be provided. The designs and channel~ will be selected to provide for optimum sen~iti~ity for particular a qa~s. The volumes o~ the chamber~ will be choqen ~o a3 to accommodate an appropriate sample volume. The nature and croqs ( 25 section of the fir~t capillary~channel together with t~e size of the reaction chamber will control the residence tlme o~ the as~ay medium in the reaction chamber. In some ~ystem3 a reaction will terminate upon the sample exiting the reaction chamber, e,g., antigen-antibody~ complex rormation, pro-enzyme to enzyme, etc., where a component is bound to the ~urface Or the chamber. The reaction occurring in the react~on chamber, may result in a product which produceq a blockage in the 3econd capillarly channel or preventq a blockage rrom rorming. The re~idence time for the reaction in the reaction chamber can be care~ully controlled by controlling the dimen~ion~ o~ the .. . . . ..
: . - .
.. . .
'S~,.3 caplllary channels and reaction chamber, a~ well as temperature.
It is evident that any type o~ caplllar~
channel may be employed which provides for accommodating the appropriate volume and time period to rlow ~toppage. Variou~ de~igns may be u~ed such as ~erpentine, linear, U-shaped, pleated, or the like.
The channel cro~3-sect~on may be circular, ellipsoid, rectangular, or combinations thereof. Th0 length of the channels may be determined empirically depending upon the other parameter~ involved.
The initial or metering channel may be of constant or varying cross-section. With a constant ( cross-section, the observed Plow velocity will diminish with the path length traver~ed. Therefore, the observed ehange in velocity will have two components:
(1) an inherent reduc~ion in ~elocity related to the inorea3ing friction with increasing ~luid path length;
and (2) increasing or decrea~ing vi~cosity of the medium due to any reaction occurring.
In order to eliminate the effect of the ~luid path length, a tapered cap~llary may be employed. The taper can be calculated by determining the cross-section, e.g., helght and w~dth9 of the channel Por ( 25 each point along the channel path. The equation~ below are employed. The equation~ are ba~ed on known principlea of ~luid mechanics ~e.6., R. Byron Bird ~arren E. Stewart, Edwin N. Lightfoot, Tran~port Phenomena, John ~iley & Son~, Inc., 1960).
The flowrate, Q, meaqured by the laser 5in the first capillary channel) can be deflned by:
Q ~ VA ~ ~r4 ~ ~p 8~ z (1) where, V is the velocity in the 2nd capillary, and A i3 the area oP the l~t capillary channel, and:
. . , - , , , , . " . ' . .
, . .
5~
r ~ radiu~ o~ the 2nd caplllary chann~l ~isco~ity o~' the rlu~d z ~ dI~tance down the 2nd capillary channeL
~P ~ the pre~ure drop In the 2nd capi~lary is de~ined by:
aP ~ ~ (2) r wherein:
( Y - surface tension o~ the ~luid ~ , contact angle Or ~luid with ~ur~ace Combining (1) and (2), the rlowrate, Q, become3:
Q ~ r3~ C09 ~ (3) 4z~
Form (3) it can be aeen that the radiu~ of the 2nd : capillary channel is proportional to the distance down the channel, z:
25: ~
r ~ kz /
where k n 4Q~u _ _ :
: i: : : : Y7r c~s ~ .
~: ~30 : ~ ; :
~ : and Q* i3 the desired con~tant rlowrate in the 2nd : . capillary chann~
::: : :
: 35 .
~: ;
.' . : . : . . ~ :
., .. : .
..
5~
Uslng t~e a~ov~ equatLon3 an~ sel~cting a deqired Q~, the rollowing table indlcat~q the changes ln radlu~ at the po~ltion de~ined by z, ~or k ~ 0.034 Length ~adius Flowrate Inc Vol Vol Flow Tlme 0.090 0.206 0.13 0,127 0.62 o;osa 0;103 0.13 0.254 1.85 1015 o.ogo 0.069 0.13 0.3~2 3.70 0.092 0;056 0.13 0.515 6.11 0.099 0.056 0.16 0.671 8.91 0;106 0.056 0.18 0.846 12.06 ( 35 0.111 0;056 O.i9 1.040 15.56 1540 0;116 0.056 0;21 1.253 19.38 0.121 0.056 0.23 1.482 23.51 0~125 0;056 0.25 1;729 27;95 0.129 0.056 0.26 1.992 32.68 0.133 0;056 ~ 0.28 2.270 37;68 20~5 0.137 0.056 0.29 2.563 42.97 O;i40 0.056 0.31 2;872 48 52 0.143 0.056 0.32 3.195 54.33 0.147 0.056 0.34 3.532 60.40 0.149 0.056 0.35 3.883 66.72 . .
2590 U.152 0.056 0.36 4.248 73.28 0.155 0.~056 0~.38 ~.626 80.08 100 0.158 0.056 0.39 5.017 87.12 105 0.160 0.056 0.40 5.421 94~40 i10 0.163 0;056 0.42 6;l~38101 ;90 3: 115 0.165 oios6 0,43 6.?67iog.63 120 0;i68 0.056 ;0;44 6.709117.5~
0~170 0.056 0.45 7.16312S.75 130 0.172 0.056 0.47 7.629134.13 135 0.174 0.056 0~48 8.107142.73 ., ,, . ' , - . :' . , Length Radius Flowrate Ino Vol Vol Flow Ti~
mnl mm mm3/sec mm3 m,n3 qe¢
5 ~l0 0.177 0.056 0.~9 8.596 151.55 145 0.179 0.056 0.50 9;098 160.56 150 0.181 0.056 0.51 9.610 169.79 155 0.183 0.056 0.52 10;134 179.22 160 0.185 0.056 0.54 10.669 188.85 It i~ evident from the above table that the path may ohange from a capillary of constant radius, to one in which the radius increaqes (e.g., a funnel) or ( decreases with distance. This formula can be used to vary veloc~ty as desired as the liquid moves dawn the capillary track or ~hrough a region o~ reagent. On could even envi~ion a pul~qating flow.
In accordance with the subject invention, novel devices and methodq are provided ~or Measuring a wide variety of ~ample characteri~tics including analyte3 of intereqt. The devices provide ~or ~imple mea3urement or volumes, mixing of reagentq, incubationq, and v1qual or instrumental determination o~ the result. The detection syqtem may involve the ( 25 absorption or emi~ion o~ light, or modulation of flow, Including qlowing, ~toppage, or their rever3al. Of ~`
particular ln~erest i3~ the u~e o~ blood where clotting can be determined or reagent~ a~eeting clotting. Alqo of interest are a wide variety of analyte~, which include naturally-occurring compounds or qynthetic drugs. The devices allow for the simultaneous performance o~ controls and comparison o~ signals from ~he two media. In addition, various eombination~ of channels and chamberq may be employed, ~o that the pathway~ can diverge and converge, be broken up into a plurality of dlfrerent pathwayq or a ~ample may be divided into a plurality of pathq and treated in a :`
... ... . . . , , ., . ,,: . .. .
. ., - .: - . , ~:
- ., . . .-.
5~3 s3 variety o~ way~. The de~loes can be slmple to fabrLcate and the serpentlne path readlly devi~ed by cmploying known rabrLcatlon techniques, with par~icularly advantageous device3 belng available through use o~ the preferred fabrLcatlon technlques descrlbed herein.
The ~ollowin~ exa~ple~ are o~fered by way of illuqtrat10n and not by way Or limitation.
EXPERIMENTAL
EXAMPLE 1: Detection o~ Prothrombin Time A device or cartridge analogous to the device Figure 5 is employed. Two pieces of cellulose acetate 40mil thlck are separated by ~cored Fason fa~t tape B to provide the proper design o~ channel and chambers. The reaction chamber contain~ a thromboplastin reagent where an aqueous ~olution Or the thromboplaqtin i~ lntroduced into the chamber, the water evaporated, leaving the chamber coated with ~hrombopla3tin. The thrombopla~tin reagent compo.~it~on ~5: 15mg/ml rabbi~ brain thrombopla~in extract; 1S
glycine; 0.01% thimerosoI; 0.01% streptomycin-sulfate;
O.01% Triton* X100; 0.08% pheno~ polyethylene glycol ( 25 3500; 4~ aucrose; 0.001~ polybreneT~. The mixture i9 ly~philized and reconstituted to 0,25 origlnal volume with deionized water. Three yl of the recon~tute~
liquid i~ then placed on the reagent area o~ ~h~ devi~e and then allowed to alr dry before attaching the other sheet or cover of the deYice. A cover i~ then placed oYer the chamber-~ and channels, and a 15~1 blood 3ample is lntroduced lnto the recel~lng chamber. The device i~ then inserted into a monitor which may be thermostatted at 25C or 37C, where a gallium arsenide 35~ ~emiconductor la3er o~ wa~elength 0.78~ direat~ a beam at a site between the end~ of the channel ~oining the receiving chamber and the reaction chamber. On the * Trade Mark ~: . . , . . - .
., . . :
s~
opposite sicte ~rom the laser is a 9il~ con photodetector of a ~mall aea ~uf~icient to detact the oscillatlng qpeckl~d pattern resultLng ~rom the red blood cells ~lowlng through tne channel. A DC ~ignal i~ ob erved with large ~luctuations. The DC ~ignal i9 inver~ely proportional ~o the red cell density, and rluctuation continues until clotting occurs. The time is then rela~ed to known standard~ to determine the clotting characteri~tic of the blood. Where warfarin 1~ being admini~tered to the blood source, the time ~or clotting can be related to the effect of warfarin on the blood clotting time. In addition, ~he light absorbance in the channel can be determined to provide for a ( hematocrit, as a further characteri~tic of the blood ~ample. Because of the short path length of the light, undiluted blood can be used which provides a further convenience.
EXAMPLE 2: Detection Or Cross-linked Fibrin Dimer by Latex Aggultination Materials: "Dimertest latex" reagent~ and control serum (MABC0 Ltd). A cartridge analogou~ to that of fLg. 5 is u~ed. Two flat piece~ of polystyrene formed by in~ection moulding are welded together to ( 25 ~orm the capillary channel and reagent chamber. The r~ceiv~ng chamber (166~ is 0.467cm wide by O.O9cm deep. The fir~t capillary channel (168) i~ i.3mm wide by O.O9mm deep. The reagent chamber (176) i~ a elip~e Or maJor axi~ 12mm and minor axi 6mm and i~ 0.09mm 30 deep. The erpentine capillary path (172) i 160mm long tapering ~rom a radiu~ of O.O9mm at the outlet of the reagent chamber to 0.185mm at the outlet port ~180).
Experimental: Sample (10~l of either bu~er or posi~ive control~ wa~ mixed with antibody coated latex ~40~1); after 3' sentle ~haking 40~1 of the mixture was inJected into the cartridge containing no - ' '.: ' . ''' . ', ', '. : . ' :' . .
reagent and inserted lnto a monLtor as described ln Example 1. The signal frorn the laser de~ector waq recorded on an Omega chart recorder (model 1202) u~lng 5V ~ull scale sen~itivity and a chart speed o~
6cm/min. The movement o~ latex particles through the light ~eam produced a slightly noi~y trace (-l chart division {0.01 full scale} peak-peak). Agglutination of the latex caused by the presence o~ the analyte (cross-linked fibrin degradation products) re~ulted in a ~ignificant increase in noi~e (~3 chart divisions peak-peak).
EXAMPLE 3: Direct Blood Grouping by Red ( Blood Cell Agglutination MaterLals: Human blood samples of known groups anticoagulated with sodium citrate. Blood grouping anti~era (American Dade).
Experimental: Resuspended blood (40~1) wa~
mixed with antiserum (40~1) and 40 ~l of the mixture in~ected into empty car~ridges (as in example 2) and result~ analyzed as in Example 2. Positive agglutination was observed aq a rapidly increa~ing noise level, negative reactions ga~e a ~teady, low, noi~e level.
( ~5 EXAMPLE 4: Direct blood grouping by ~low stop Material~: Blood samples a~ in Example 3.
Cartridges a~ described in Example 2 were employed.
Berore welding the two parts of the cartridge, the 3 serpentine track or the lower part wa~ evenly coated with 5~1 blood typing anti-serum (American Dade) which had been dialysed again~t 1~ glycine (Na~) pH 7.5 containlng 0.01% Triton X-100, 2~ sucrose and 0.5%
polyethylene glycol -3500. SolYent (water) was then remo~ed by e~aporation and t'ne two parts of the cartrid~e welded together.
:
~75~3 Ex~erimental: ~lood (40~1) wa~ injected into the cartridge3 after inqertion Ln a monitor (described in example 1). The time ~or flow of red blood cells past the la~er beam to stop was recorded.
Po~itive Time or ~ 175 4 B A >270 8 0 A >200 B >187 *A po~itive reaction was deflned as Time < 120s.
.:
O
Agglutination of red b}ood cells at the leading edge of the blood cau~ed clog~ing of the track and flow ~top.
All the blood samples gave the appropriate re~ction.
:
~XAMPLE 5. Blood ~roupin~ by ~low rate mea~urement~
Material~: Blood samples a3 in Example 3;
.
Cartridge~ ta3 de3cribed in example 2) with 3~1 American Dade blood typing ntisera applied (a descrlbed in example 4) to the reagent chamber and dried.
~ erimental: Blood (50~1~ wa~ in~ected into the cartridge~ at room temperature. The time taken for the blood to reach known distances along the narrow .
track was recorded. Flow rate~ were then calculated ~om a knowled~e of the cros~ ~e¢tion Or the ~rack as a ~unction o~ di~tance.
' .
. .
.
: . ~ : , .
, . . .
.3 Positive Blood Flow Ra~e at or so9(mm~/s? _Negati~e 6 a A 0.045 B 0.025 1 A A 0.018 B 0.045 8 0 A 0.047 B 0.047 *A posltive reaction wa~ taken as flow rate ~0.030 mm3/~.
Agglutination of red blood cell~ cau~ed a significant reduction in flow rates.
EXAMPLE 6: Use of filters_to modify ~ample composition a. Red cells were quantitatively removed from whole blood by filtration through a dry ~ilter paper disc impregnated with anti human red cells. Disc were cut to ~it the ~ample application ~ite of cartridges from Beckman ParagonR electrophore~is blotter paper (about 0.57mm thick). A metal punch of diame~er 0.467cm was u~ed. After the diso~ were ~nugly inserted in the sample f cite of the track 9 1 0~1 rabbit anti-human red cells ~25 ~Cappel)` wa~ added. This i~ enough liquid to 3aturate the paper. The llquid wa~ then evaporated under ~acuum.
When blood (40~1) was applied to the di~c abou~
7~1 clear plasma emerged into ~he track be~ore flow ~topped.
3 b. Filter paper d~sc (a~ above) impregnated with sodium deoxycholate (10~1 x 10%) were dried under vacuum and placed ln the sample application 3ite. Blood (40~1) wa~ applied at 37C. A clear uniform red ~olution free of all red cell~ filtered into and rilled the track. The absorbance of the remaining hemolysate can ~ive an accurate hemoglobln concentration.
. .... .
.: . - . . . .
.. . ~.: , .
3ï
EXAMP~E 7: Electronic Cartrid~e An electronic cartridge capable of ~imulating the ~low o~ whole blood through a capillary was prepared u~ing a 32768Hz cr~_tal-controlled oscillator to drive two 1-16th ~requency dividers that generated the input qignal~ for a driver of a liquid cry~tal display cell prepared in accordance with the electronic diagram qet ~orth in Figure 7. This cell wa~ biased by a 2048Hz signal modulated at 128Hz intervals. The cell therefore rotated it~ polarization at the rate of 128Hz.
Two more dividers drove a logical AND gate whose output wa~ to a logic low every 20 seconds. At this point, the output of a logical OR gate reset the ( dividers, ~topping the process. Accordingly, the LCD wa~
powered and modulating ~or a 20~second interval. -A ~tart switch was provided to clear the reset signal and restart the proces~. The oscillator~, dividers, logic gate~, and LCD driver were implemented in CMOS technology and powered by a coin-type lithium ba~tery. The electronic cartidge has a li~e o~ more than 10, 000 cycle3 .
EXAMPLE 8: Out-of-Blood Detector The following ~ample depletion device wa~
( 25 prepared in the manner ~hown in ~igure 8. An infrared LED wa~ embedded into the aurface of the analytical device into which a capillary ~low cartridge was to be ln~erted so that the output of it~ ht would impinge upon the blood reservoir lmm from the capillary 3o entrance. The LED is powered by an operational amplifier confi~ured as a ~quare wave generator of about 8KHz. An infrared-3enqitive photodetector wa~ located 2mm from the ~unction of the ~ample re3ervoir and the capillary channel. The signal output o~ the detector waq pa~sed to 35 a band-pa~s filter having a center at 8KHz and a bandwidth o~ 500Hz and wa~ rurther ampli~ied by an amplLfier. The amplified ignal wa~ rcctified and .
.
:
~'~'7 integrated, thereby generating a dlrect current voltage proportianal to the ~cattered llght.
When a blood sample i3 added to the reservolr and ~Low~ by capillary action through the capillary into other portions o~ the test cartridge, the light path between the LED and the photodetector i~ interrupted when the re~ervoLr emptie~. When the Yoltage output Or the intesrator ~alls below 50-30 millivolt, the input of this ~oltase into a comparator will indicate the ab~ence of blood in the blood reservoir.
EXAMPLE 9: Fabrication Plastic cartridges were injection molded out of ( CycolacR CTB Resin (acrylanitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer) obtained from Borg-Warner Chemicals, Inc. The design o~ the cartridge capillary channel and overall ~tructure i~ similar to that shown in Figure 5 in that it contain~ a sample reservoir, an initial short capillary, a reagent chamber and a 3econd long oapillary. However, the configuration of the actual chambers and capillarias di~er ~rom tho~e ~hown. The cartridge consisted of a 30-mil base and a 30-mil cover. Both the cover and ba~e were pla~ma etched in an LFE Model 1002 Plasma ~ystem with the following settings: argon pressure, 2 torr:
(~ 25 argoh rlOw, 1-3; forward RF powere, 100; etch time, 20 minutes. Three microliters o~ Biotrack thromboplaqtin reagent were then applied to the base of the o~al area at the ba~e of the cartridge and allowed to dry for 10 minute3 in an environment kept at 25C and 10% relative humidity. The etched co~er was then placed on the base and welded thereto u~ing a ~ranson 8400Z uItrasonic welder with the rollowin~ settings: down ~peed, 3 ~econds; hold time, 0.5 seconds; weld energy, 0.5Kjoule;
and weld time, 0.26-0.30 3ec:0nd.
Following ~abrication, the cartridges were tested with whole blood control~ (both abnormal and normal clotting times), which are de~cribed in a . .
.. . .
.
.
~L;~75~
~o copendlng applicatlon fLled on even date with th1s appllcatlon entitled "Whole Blood Control Sample" u~lng the Biotraak Model Monitor 1000. The prothrombin timeq were recorded. In addition, the flow rate of blood in a cartridge without reagent wa~ measured.
The resultq o~ the test were subjected to ~tati~tical analy~i~. When replicates were run, the msan and coefficient of variation were 12.3 second~ and 4.9P
for the normal control and 20.0 seconds and 2.9~ ~or the abnormal control. The ~low rate o~ blood in the capillary channel four days later was con~tant at 0.06mm3/sec. These result~ are quite superior to other fabrication techniques described in this speci~ication, ( including the example using tape qet forth in Example 1, which gave C.V.s in the 10-20~ range.
All publications and patent applications mentioned in thi~ specificatlon are indicative of level o~ ~kill of those ~killed in the art to which thls invention pertains and are herein incorporated by reference to the ~ame extent as if each indi~idual patent application and publication had been indi~idually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Although the ~oregoing invention has been ( 25 described in ~ome detail by way of illustration and example for p~rposes of clarity of understanding, it will be obvious that certain change~ and modLfications may be practiced within the ~cope Or the appended claims.
.
. .- . .
.
;.. ~ .
3 b. Filter paper d~sc (a~ above) impregnated with sodium deoxycholate (10~1 x 10%) were dried under vacuum and placed ln the sample application 3ite. Blood (40~1) wa~ applied at 37C. A clear uniform red ~olution free of all red cell~ filtered into and rilled the track. The absorbance of the remaining hemolysate can ~ive an accurate hemoglobln concentration.
. .... .
.: . - . . . .
.. . ~.: , .
3ï
EXAMP~E 7: Electronic Cartrid~e An electronic cartridge capable of ~imulating the ~low o~ whole blood through a capillary was prepared u~ing a 32768Hz cr~_tal-controlled oscillator to drive two 1-16th ~requency dividers that generated the input qignal~ for a driver of a liquid cry~tal display cell prepared in accordance with the electronic diagram qet ~orth in Figure 7. This cell wa~ biased by a 2048Hz signal modulated at 128Hz intervals. The cell therefore rotated it~ polarization at the rate of 128Hz.
Two more dividers drove a logical AND gate whose output wa~ to a logic low every 20 seconds. At this point, the output of a logical OR gate reset the ( dividers, ~topping the process. Accordingly, the LCD wa~
powered and modulating ~or a 20~second interval. -A ~tart switch was provided to clear the reset signal and restart the proces~. The oscillator~, dividers, logic gate~, and LCD driver were implemented in CMOS technology and powered by a coin-type lithium ba~tery. The electronic cartidge has a li~e o~ more than 10, 000 cycle3 .
EXAMPLE 8: Out-of-Blood Detector The following ~ample depletion device wa~
( 25 prepared in the manner ~hown in ~igure 8. An infrared LED wa~ embedded into the aurface of the analytical device into which a capillary ~low cartridge was to be ln~erted so that the output of it~ ht would impinge upon the blood reservoir lmm from the capillary 3o entrance. The LED is powered by an operational amplifier confi~ured as a ~quare wave generator of about 8KHz. An infrared-3enqitive photodetector wa~ located 2mm from the ~unction of the ~ample re3ervoir and the capillary channel. The signal output o~ the detector waq pa~sed to 35 a band-pa~s filter having a center at 8KHz and a bandwidth o~ 500Hz and wa~ rurther ampli~ied by an amplLfier. The amplified ignal wa~ rcctified and .
.
:
~'~'7 integrated, thereby generating a dlrect current voltage proportianal to the ~cattered llght.
When a blood sample i3 added to the reservolr and ~Low~ by capillary action through the capillary into other portions o~ the test cartridge, the light path between the LED and the photodetector i~ interrupted when the re~ervoLr emptie~. When the Yoltage output Or the intesrator ~alls below 50-30 millivolt, the input of this ~oltase into a comparator will indicate the ab~ence of blood in the blood reservoir.
EXAMPLE 9: Fabrication Plastic cartridges were injection molded out of ( CycolacR CTB Resin (acrylanitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer) obtained from Borg-Warner Chemicals, Inc. The design o~ the cartridge capillary channel and overall ~tructure i~ similar to that shown in Figure 5 in that it contain~ a sample reservoir, an initial short capillary, a reagent chamber and a 3econd long oapillary. However, the configuration of the actual chambers and capillarias di~er ~rom tho~e ~hown. The cartridge consisted of a 30-mil base and a 30-mil cover. Both the cover and ba~e were pla~ma etched in an LFE Model 1002 Plasma ~ystem with the following settings: argon pressure, 2 torr:
(~ 25 argoh rlOw, 1-3; forward RF powere, 100; etch time, 20 minutes. Three microliters o~ Biotrack thromboplaqtin reagent were then applied to the base of the o~al area at the ba~e of the cartridge and allowed to dry for 10 minute3 in an environment kept at 25C and 10% relative humidity. The etched co~er was then placed on the base and welded thereto u~ing a ~ranson 8400Z uItrasonic welder with the rollowin~ settings: down ~peed, 3 ~econds; hold time, 0.5 seconds; weld energy, 0.5Kjoule;
and weld time, 0.26-0.30 3ec:0nd.
Following ~abrication, the cartridges were tested with whole blood control~ (both abnormal and normal clotting times), which are de~cribed in a . .
.. . .
.
.
~L;~75~
~o copendlng applicatlon fLled on even date with th1s appllcatlon entitled "Whole Blood Control Sample" u~lng the Biotraak Model Monitor 1000. The prothrombin timeq were recorded. In addition, the flow rate of blood in a cartridge without reagent wa~ measured.
The resultq o~ the test were subjected to ~tati~tical analy~i~. When replicates were run, the msan and coefficient of variation were 12.3 second~ and 4.9P
for the normal control and 20.0 seconds and 2.9~ ~or the abnormal control. The ~low rate o~ blood in the capillary channel four days later was con~tant at 0.06mm3/sec. These result~ are quite superior to other fabrication techniques described in this speci~ication, ( including the example using tape qet forth in Example 1, which gave C.V.s in the 10-20~ range.
All publications and patent applications mentioned in thi~ specificatlon are indicative of level o~ ~kill of those ~killed in the art to which thls invention pertains and are herein incorporated by reference to the ~ame extent as if each indi~idual patent application and publication had been indi~idually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Although the ~oregoing invention has been ( 25 described in ~ome detail by way of illustration and example for p~rposes of clarity of understanding, it will be obvious that certain change~ and modLfications may be practiced within the ~cope Or the appended claims.
.
. .- . .
.
;.. ~ .
Claims (17)
1. A method for determining an analyte in a fluid medium employing a device comprising at least one capillary unit acting as the motive force for moving the fluid medium in the device, at least one chamber unit, an inlet port, an outlet port distant from the inlet port, and a reagent contained within the device, said reagent being a member of a detection system, wherein said capillary acts as a metering pump and flow controller of the assay medium through said device to provide for a time controlled reac-tion with said reagent, said method comprising:
introducing a fluid sample through said inlet port into one of said units and allowing said fluid sample to transit from one unit to the next unit at a rate controlled by said capillary unit and react with said reagent resulting in a detectable signal produced by said detection system; and determining said signal as a measure of the pre-sence of said analyte in said sample.
introducing a fluid sample through said inlet port into one of said units and allowing said fluid sample to transit from one unit to the next unit at a rate controlled by said capillary unit and react with said reagent resulting in a detectable signal produced by said detection system; and determining said signal as a measure of the pre-sence of said analyte in said sample.
2. A method according to claim 1, wherein the detection system includes particles, and the passage of particles is observed by light scatter.
3. A method according to claim 1, wherein at least one chamber unit includes a filter.
4. A method for determining an analyte in a fluid medium employing a device comprising at least two capillary units, at least two chamber units, with two chamber units separated by a capillary unit, an inlet port, an outlet port distant from the inlet port, and a reagent bound to the surface of the device in chamber unit A, said reagent being a member of a detection system, wherein said capillary controls the rate of flow of the assay medium through said device to provide for a time controlled reac-tion with said reagent, said method comprising:
introducing through said inlet port said fluid medium into a first chamber unit;
transferring the fluid medium through a first capillary unit into said chamber unit A, whereby a reaction occurs initiating the production of said detectable signal;
and detecting said signal as a measure of the pre-sence of analyte in said fluid medium.
introducing through said inlet port said fluid medium into a first chamber unit;
transferring the fluid medium through a first capillary unit into said chamber unit A, whereby a reaction occurs initiating the production of said detectable signal;
and detecting said signal as a measure of the pre-sence of analyte in said fluid medium.
5. A method according to claim 4, wherein said device has a third port proximal to the outlet of chamber unit A, wherein the transit of said fluid terminates at said third port to permit an incubation period, including the additional step of sealing said third port to permit continued movement of said fluid medium from said chamber unit A into the next capillary unit.
6. A device for detecting the presence of an analyte in a fluid sample, comprising:
a capillary unit capable of independently pumping a liquid as the sole motive source in said device;
a chamber unit in fluid transfer relationship with said capillary unit;
an inlet port and an exit port positioned remote from one another and included in different units;
a reagent contained within the device, which is a member of a system capable of providing a detectable signal in relationship to the presence of said analyte;
wherein the dimensions of said capillary provide for a time controlled reaction between said reagent and said analyte.
a capillary unit capable of independently pumping a liquid as the sole motive source in said device;
a chamber unit in fluid transfer relationship with said capillary unit;
an inlet port and an exit port positioned remote from one another and included in different units;
a reagent contained within the device, which is a member of a system capable of providing a detectable signal in relationship to the presence of said analyte;
wherein the dimensions of said capillary provide for a time controlled reaction between said reagent and said analyte.
7. A device according to claim 5, comprising at least two capillaries or chambers in fluid transfer rela-tionship with said capillaries, wherein reagent is in at least one of said chambers and chambers are connected by capillaries, wherein the walls of said capillary are hydrophobic plastic treated to enhance hydrophilicity.
8. A device according to claim 7, including a third sealable port intermediate said inlet port and exit port and proximal to the juncture between a chamber unit and a capillary unit.
9. A device according to claim 6, wherein a chamber unit includes a filtration device.
10. A device for detecting the presence of an analyte in a fluid sample, comprising:
a substantially hydrophobic housing having at least a portion of the walls treated to provide hydrophili-city, said housing comprising:
a capillary unit having hydrophilic walls and capable of pumping a liquid as the sole motive source in said device a chamber unit in fluid transfer relationship with said capillary unit;
an inlet port and exit port positioned remote from one another and included in different units;
a reagent bound to the surface of the device, which is a member of a system capable of providing a detec-table signal in relation to the presence of said analyte;
wherein the dimensions of said capillary provide for a time controlled reaction between said reagent and said analyte;
said device being fabricated from two to three sheets, wherein at least one outer sheet provides orifices for communication of a unit to the atmosphere, and where three sheets are present, a middle sheet defines said chamber and capillary units.
a substantially hydrophobic housing having at least a portion of the walls treated to provide hydrophili-city, said housing comprising:
a capillary unit having hydrophilic walls and capable of pumping a liquid as the sole motive source in said device a chamber unit in fluid transfer relationship with said capillary unit;
an inlet port and exit port positioned remote from one another and included in different units;
a reagent bound to the surface of the device, which is a member of a system capable of providing a detec-table signal in relation to the presence of said analyte;
wherein the dimensions of said capillary provide for a time controlled reaction between said reagent and said analyte;
said device being fabricated from two to three sheets, wherein at least one outer sheet provides orifices for communication of a unit to the atmosphere, and where three sheets are present, a middle sheet defines said chamber and capillary units.
11. A device according to claim 10, wherein said middle layer defines at least two chambers and at least two capillaries, one of said capillaries connecting first and second chambers, the other of said capillaries being ser-pertine and in fluid receiving relationship from said second chamber.
12. A device according to claim 10, wherein one of said sheets is formed with said capillaries and chambers and the other sheet is a inner sheet.
13. A method of fabricating a plastic device having an internal chamber formed therein, which comprises:
injection molding at least two plastic pieces to be formed into said device, wherein the space that is to form said chamber is defined by a depression in a surface of at least one of said plastic pieces, wherein said plastic pieces are formed from acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, and wherein said injection molding forms one or more ridges adjacent to the perimeter of said depression;
modifying the surface of said depression by means of plasma etching or corona discharge;
placing said pieces in proper register; and ultrasonically welding said plastic pieces for a controlled time until said ridge or ridges melt to form a physical bond between said plastic pieces that approaches but does not extend into said depression.
injection molding at least two plastic pieces to be formed into said device, wherein the space that is to form said chamber is defined by a depression in a surface of at least one of said plastic pieces, wherein said plastic pieces are formed from acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, and wherein said injection molding forms one or more ridges adjacent to the perimeter of said depression;
modifying the surface of said depression by means of plasma etching or corona discharge;
placing said pieces in proper register; and ultrasonically welding said plastic pieces for a controlled time until said ridge or ridges melt to form a physical bond between said plastic pieces that approaches but does not extend into said depression.
14. A control device capable of simulating the flow of a particle-containing fluid, said flow being measured by an analytical instrument which utilizes an insertable analysis cartridge containing an internal chamber through which said particle-containing fluid passes, which comprises:
an insertable control cartridge;
a liquid crystal cell located in said control cartridge so as to interpose between a light source and a light detector in said analytical instrument, in which flow of said particle-containing fluid is being measured by the detection of said light: and a polarizing filter in close proximity to said liquid crystal cell located in said control cartridge so as to alternately allow and block passage of light between said light source and said light detector when voltage applied to said liquid crystal cell is modulated.
an insertable control cartridge;
a liquid crystal cell located in said control cartridge so as to interpose between a light source and a light detector in said analytical instrument, in which flow of said particle-containing fluid is being measured by the detection of said light: and a polarizing filter in close proximity to said liquid crystal cell located in said control cartridge so as to alternately allow and block passage of light between said light source and said light detector when voltage applied to said liquid crystal cell is modulated.
15. The control device of claim 14, wherein said control cartridge further comprises a power supply and a control circuit capable of modulating voltage supplied to said liquid crystal cell.
16. A control device capable of detecting deple-tion of a particle-containing fluid from a sample reservoir in a device comprising a sample reservoir and a capillary exitting said reservoir, which comprises:
a light source located so as to impinge on said fluid in said reservoir;
a light detector located in close proximity to said capillary so as to collect light which is reflected by said particles into said capillary and thereafter further reflected by said particles so as to pass out through the walls of said capillary;
a signal generator operably attached to said light source, wherein a detectable signal is imposed on the output of said light source; and a filter operably attached to the output of said light detector, wherein said detectable signal is isolated from other light sources which may impinge upon said light detector.
a light source located so as to impinge on said fluid in said reservoir;
a light detector located in close proximity to said capillary so as to collect light which is reflected by said particles into said capillary and thereafter further reflected by said particles so as to pass out through the walls of said capillary;
a signal generator operably attached to said light source, wherein a detectable signal is imposed on the output of said light source; and a filter operably attached to the output of said light detector, wherein said detectable signal is isolated from other light sources which may impinge upon said light detector.
17. The control device of claim 16, wherein said light source produces infrared light and said detectable signal is a periodic variation in the intensity of said light.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US76274885A | 1985-08-05 | 1985-08-05 | |
US762,748 | 1985-08-05 | ||
US06/880,793 US4756884A (en) | 1985-08-05 | 1986-07-01 | Capillary flow device |
US880,793 | 1986-07-01 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA1275231C true CA1275231C (en) | 1990-10-16 |
Family
ID=27117182
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA 514890 Expired - Lifetime CA1275231C (en) | 1985-08-05 | 1986-07-29 | Capillary flow device |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US4756884A (en) |
EP (4) | EP0483117B1 (en) |
JP (5) | JPH0658373B2 (en) |
AU (1) | AU593001B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA1275231C (en) |
DE (4) | DE3689812T2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9592509B2 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2017-03-14 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Flow passage device and method of transporting liquid using the same |
Families Citing this family (456)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5140161A (en) * | 1985-08-05 | 1992-08-18 | Biotrack | Capillary flow device |
US4948961A (en) * | 1985-08-05 | 1990-08-14 | Biotrack, Inc. | Capillary flow device |
US5144139A (en) * | 1985-08-05 | 1992-09-01 | Biotrack, Inc. | Capillary flow device |
US5164598A (en) * | 1985-08-05 | 1992-11-17 | Biotrack | Capillary flow device |
US4753776A (en) * | 1986-10-29 | 1988-06-28 | Biotrack, Inc. | Blood separation device comprising a filter and a capillary flow pathway exiting the filter |
US4775515A (en) * | 1986-11-18 | 1988-10-04 | Cottingham Hugh V | Agglutinographic slide |
DE3706718A1 (en) * | 1987-03-02 | 1988-09-15 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | DEVICE FOR CARRYING OUT A HETEROGENEOUS REACTION |
US5110727A (en) * | 1987-04-03 | 1992-05-05 | Cardiovascular Diagnostics, Inc. | Method for performing coagulation assays accurately, rapidly and simply, using dry chemical reagents and paramagnetic particles |
US4849340A (en) * | 1987-04-03 | 1989-07-18 | Cardiovascular Diagnostics, Inc. | Reaction system element and method for performing prothrombin time assay |
US5006464A (en) * | 1987-10-01 | 1991-04-09 | E-Y Laboratories, Inc. | Directed flow diagnostic device and method |
DK163194C (en) * | 1988-12-22 | 1992-06-22 | Radiometer As | METHOD OF PHOTOMETRIC IN VITRO DETERMINING A BLOOD GAS PARAMETER IN A BLOOD TEST |
EP0321736B1 (en) * | 1987-12-23 | 1994-06-01 | Abbott Laboratories | Agglutination reaction device |
DE3814585A1 (en) * | 1988-04-29 | 1989-11-09 | Hoffmann La Roche | TEST ELEMENT FOR AGGLUTINATION EXAMINATIONS, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THE USE THEREOF |
US5096669A (en) * | 1988-09-15 | 1992-03-17 | I-Stat Corporation | Disposable sensing device for real time fluid analysis |
US4952055A (en) * | 1988-10-03 | 1990-08-28 | Wyatt Technology Corporation | Differential refractometer |
US5057279A (en) * | 1988-10-13 | 1991-10-15 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy | Pressurized membrane chemical sensor |
AU609332B2 (en) * | 1988-11-09 | 1991-04-26 | Biotrack, Inc. | Method and composition of stabilizing and solubilizing latex reagents |
US6645758B1 (en) | 1989-02-03 | 2003-11-11 | Johnson & Johnson Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. | Containment cuvette for PCR and method of use |
US5229297A (en) * | 1989-02-03 | 1993-07-20 | Eastman Kodak Company | Containment cuvette for PCR and method of use |
IE69047B1 (en) * | 1989-03-23 | 1996-08-07 | Gary Harold Gregory Hen Thorpe | Liquid transfer devices |
US5073216A (en) * | 1989-04-07 | 1991-12-17 | Abbott Laboratories | Method of ultrasonically cutting fibrous materials and device therefrom |
US5104813A (en) * | 1989-04-13 | 1992-04-14 | Biotrack, Inc. | Dilution and mixing cartridge |
US5039617A (en) * | 1989-04-20 | 1991-08-13 | Biotrack, Inc. | Capillary flow device and method for measuring activated partial thromboplastin time |
AU5247790A (en) * | 1989-04-20 | 1990-10-25 | Biotrack, Inc. | Capillary flow device and reading instrument |
US5286454A (en) * | 1989-04-26 | 1994-02-15 | Nilsson Sven Erik | Cuvette |
SE465742B (en) * | 1989-04-26 | 1991-10-21 | Migrata Uk Ltd | KYVETT BEFORE RECORDING FOR AT LEAST ONE FLUID |
EP0397424A3 (en) * | 1989-05-08 | 1991-08-21 | Biotrack, Inc. | Multiple analysis system |
US5087556A (en) * | 1989-05-17 | 1992-02-11 | Actimed Laboratories, Inc. | Method for quantitative analysis of body fluid constituents |
US5234813A (en) * | 1989-05-17 | 1993-08-10 | Actimed Laboratories, Inc. | Method and device for metering of fluid samples and detection of analytes therein |
US5207988A (en) * | 1989-07-06 | 1993-05-04 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Apparatus for detecting and quantifying clot lysis and establishing optimum medication and dosages |
US5225163A (en) * | 1989-08-18 | 1993-07-06 | Angenics, Inc. | Reaction apparatus employing gravitational flow |
WO1991002589A1 (en) * | 1989-08-18 | 1991-03-07 | Cambridge Bioscience Corporation | Reaction apparatus and method employing gravitational flow |
US5030005A (en) * | 1989-11-29 | 1991-07-09 | Akzo N.V. | Liquid crystal device for calibration and testing of optical instruments |
US5066465A (en) * | 1989-12-27 | 1991-11-19 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Reaction apparatus |
US5188968A (en) * | 1989-12-28 | 1993-02-23 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Method and reaction kit for agglutination detection |
US6176962B1 (en) | 1990-02-28 | 2001-01-23 | Aclara Biosciences, Inc. | Methods for fabricating enclosed microchannel structures |
US5411894A (en) * | 1990-03-20 | 1995-05-02 | Abbott Laboratories | Method of using tissue and cell adhesive preparations for biological test systems |
GB9009000D0 (en) * | 1990-04-21 | 1990-06-20 | Bovril Ltd | Novel process |
WO1991018276A1 (en) * | 1990-05-22 | 1991-11-28 | Kelly Kenneth A | Microassay strip device for immunoassay |
TW221493B (en) * | 1990-07-10 | 1994-03-01 | Cardiovascular Diagnostics Inc | |
US5124661A (en) * | 1990-07-23 | 1992-06-23 | I-Stat Corporation | Reusable test unit for simulating electrochemical sensor signals for quality assurance of portable blood analyzer instruments |
US5208163A (en) * | 1990-08-06 | 1993-05-04 | Miles Inc. | Self-metering fluid analysis device |
TW233341B (en) * | 1990-08-23 | 1994-11-01 | Abbott Lab | |
ATE153138T1 (en) * | 1990-09-26 | 1997-05-15 | Akers Lab Inc | IMPROVED DETERMINATION METHOD FOR LIGANDS |
CA2062027C (en) * | 1991-03-04 | 1998-05-19 | William Aldrich | Liquid control system for diagnostic cartridges used in analytical instruments |
CA2062338A1 (en) * | 1991-03-15 | 1992-09-16 | Zia Yassinzadeh | Electronic control cartridge and method of simulating light transmission patterns |
US6007999A (en) * | 1991-07-31 | 1999-12-28 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Reversible flow chromatographic binding assay |
US5726010A (en) * | 1991-07-31 | 1998-03-10 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Reversible flow chromatographic binding assay |
US7297313B1 (en) | 1991-08-31 | 2007-11-20 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Microfabricated reactor, process for manufacturing the reactor, and method of amplification |
US5540888A (en) * | 1991-11-11 | 1996-07-30 | British Technology Group Limited | Liquid transfer assay devices |
US5222808A (en) * | 1992-04-10 | 1993-06-29 | Biotrack, Inc. | Capillary mixing device |
US5223219A (en) * | 1992-04-10 | 1993-06-29 | Biotrack, Inc. | Analytical cartridge and system for detecting analytes in liquid samples |
US5430542A (en) * | 1992-04-10 | 1995-07-04 | Avox Systems, Inc. | Disposable optical cuvette |
US5580744A (en) * | 1992-04-27 | 1996-12-03 | Avocet Medical, Inc. | Test article and method for performing blood coagulation assays |
DK0638127T3 (en) * | 1992-04-27 | 2000-12-18 | Avocet Medical Inc | Test article and method for performing blood coagulation assays |
US5726026A (en) * | 1992-05-01 | 1998-03-10 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes |
AU677781B2 (en) * | 1992-05-01 | 1997-05-08 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania, The | Microfabricated sperm handling devices |
US5587128A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-12-24 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices |
US6953676B1 (en) | 1992-05-01 | 2005-10-11 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method |
US5637469A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1997-06-10 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Methods and apparatus for the detection of an analyte utilizing mesoscale flow systems |
US5498392A (en) * | 1992-05-01 | 1996-03-12 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method |
US5304487A (en) * | 1992-05-01 | 1994-04-19 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices |
US5486335A (en) * | 1992-05-01 | 1996-01-23 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Analysis based on flow restriction |
US6156270A (en) | 1992-05-21 | 2000-12-05 | Biosite Diagnostics, Inc. | Diagnostic devices and apparatus for the controlled movement of reagents without membranes |
US5458852A (en) * | 1992-05-21 | 1995-10-17 | Biosite Diagnostics, Inc. | Diagnostic devices for the controlled movement of reagents without membranes |
US7524456B1 (en) | 1992-05-21 | 2009-04-28 | Biosite Incorporated | Diagnostic devices for the controlled movement of reagents without membranes |
US6767510B1 (en) | 1992-05-21 | 2004-07-27 | Biosite, Inc. | Diagnostic devices and apparatus for the controlled movement of reagents without membranes |
US6019944A (en) * | 1992-05-21 | 2000-02-01 | Biosite Diagnostics, Inc. | Diagnostic devices and apparatus for the controlled movement of reagents without membranes |
US6905882B2 (en) * | 1992-05-21 | 2005-06-14 | Biosite, Inc. | Diagnostic devices and apparatus for the controlled movement of reagents without membranes |
US5639423A (en) | 1992-08-31 | 1997-06-17 | The Regents Of The University Of Calfornia | Microfabricated reactor |
EP0660926B1 (en) * | 1992-09-14 | 2002-06-05 | Purdue Research Foundation | Electrophoretically mediated chemical analysis |
US5500187A (en) * | 1992-12-08 | 1996-03-19 | Westinghouse Electric Corporation | Disposable optical agglutination assay device and method for use |
US5302348A (en) * | 1992-12-10 | 1994-04-12 | Itc Corporation | Blood coagulation time test apparatus and method |
EP0826955B1 (en) * | 1993-02-03 | 2002-05-22 | HISTAGGEN Incorporated | Process of storing a ligand in a releasable containment means and process of releasing a ligand therefrom |
US5670329A (en) * | 1993-05-28 | 1997-09-23 | Cardiovascular Diagnostics, Inc. | Method and analytical system for performing fibrinogen assays accurately, rapidly and simply using a rotating magnetic field |
US5841023A (en) * | 1993-08-31 | 1998-11-24 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Magnet for medical instrument |
US5522255A (en) * | 1993-08-31 | 1996-06-04 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Fluid dose, flow and coagulation sensor for medical instrument |
JPH09502119A (en) * | 1993-08-31 | 1997-03-04 | ベーリンガー・マンハイム・コーポレーション | Power supply monitoring and control device for medical equipment |
US5526111A (en) * | 1993-08-31 | 1996-06-11 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Method and apparatus for calculating a coagulation characteristic of a sample of blood a blood fraction or a control |
GB9320850D0 (en) * | 1993-10-09 | 1993-12-01 | Terwee Thomas H M | Monitoring the concentration of a substance or a group of substances in a body fluid of a human or an animal |
US5447440A (en) * | 1993-10-28 | 1995-09-05 | I-Stat Corporation | Apparatus for assaying viscosity changes in fluid samples and method of conducting same |
US5478751A (en) * | 1993-12-29 | 1995-12-26 | Abbott Laboratories | Self-venting immunodiagnositic devices and methods of performing assays |
US5840573A (en) * | 1994-02-01 | 1998-11-24 | Fields; Robert E. | Molecular analyzer and method of use |
CA2143365A1 (en) * | 1994-03-14 | 1995-09-15 | Hugh V. Cottingham | Nucleic acid amplification method and apparatus |
GB9409333D0 (en) * | 1994-05-10 | 1994-06-29 | Palmer Richard F | Analytical method and device for use therein |
FR2721714B1 (en) * | 1994-06-23 | 1996-09-06 | Karim Boulhimez | Device for evaluating the blood coagulant activity of a biological sample, disposable after single use, and method of implementation. |
US5488816A (en) * | 1994-07-21 | 1996-02-06 | Boehringer Mannheim Corporation | Method and apparatus for manufacturing a coagulation assay device in a continuous manner |
CA2156226C (en) * | 1994-08-25 | 1999-02-23 | Takayuki Taguchi | Biological fluid analyzing device and method |
US5627041A (en) * | 1994-09-02 | 1997-05-06 | Biometric Imaging, Inc. | Disposable cartridge for an assay of a biological sample |
US5504011A (en) * | 1994-10-21 | 1996-04-02 | International Technidyne Corporation | Portable test apparatus and associated method of performing a blood coagulation test |
US5603351A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-02-18 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Method and system for inhibiting cross-contamination in fluids of combinatorial chemistry device |
US5585069A (en) * | 1994-11-10 | 1996-12-17 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis |
EP0791238B1 (en) * | 1994-11-10 | 2004-09-22 | Orchid BioSciences, Inc. | Liquid distribution system |
US5731212A (en) * | 1994-12-20 | 1998-03-24 | International Technidyne Corporation | Test apparatus and method for testing cuvette accommodated samples |
SE504193C2 (en) * | 1995-04-21 | 1996-12-02 | Hemocue Ab | Capillary microcuvette |
US5716852A (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 1998-02-10 | University Of Washington | Microfabricated diffusion-based chemical sensor |
US6454945B1 (en) * | 1995-06-16 | 2002-09-24 | University Of Washington | Microfabricated devices and methods |
AU7066996A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 1997-05-22 | Arkray, Inc. | Liquid detection method and device therefor |
JP4044163B2 (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 2008-02-06 | アークレイ株式会社 | Liquid detection method and apparatus |
US5981294A (en) * | 1995-11-29 | 1999-11-09 | Metrika, Inc. | Device for blood separation in a diagnostic device |
US5736404A (en) * | 1995-12-27 | 1998-04-07 | Zia Yassinzadeh | Flow detection appartus and method |
GB2310493B (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 2000-08-02 | Unilever Plc | Determination of the characteristics of fluid |
US6541213B1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2003-04-01 | University Of Washington | Microscale diffusion immunoassay |
US5948684A (en) | 1997-03-31 | 1999-09-07 | University Of Washington | Simultaneous analyte determination and reference balancing in reference T-sensor devices |
US20030211507A1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2003-11-13 | Anson Hatch | Microscale diffusion immunoassay in hydrogels |
US5942443A (en) * | 1996-06-28 | 1999-08-24 | Caliper Technologies Corporation | High throughput screening assay systems in microscale fluidic devices |
US5968839A (en) * | 1996-05-13 | 1999-10-19 | Metrika, Inc. | Method and device producing a predetermined distribution of detectable change in assays |
CN1173776C (en) * | 1996-06-28 | 2004-11-03 | 卡钳技术有限公司 | High-throughput screening assay systems in microscale fluidic devices |
US6143248A (en) * | 1996-08-12 | 2000-11-07 | Gamera Bioscience Corp. | Capillary microvalve |
US5945345A (en) * | 1996-08-27 | 1999-08-31 | Metrika, Inc. | Device for preventing assay interference using silver or lead to remove the interferant |
US6113855A (en) * | 1996-11-15 | 2000-09-05 | Biosite Diagnostics, Inc. | Devices comprising multiple capillarity inducing surfaces |
US20050101032A1 (en) * | 1997-02-10 | 2005-05-12 | Metrika, Inc. | Assay device, composition, and method of optimizing assay sensitivity |
WO1998039643A1 (en) * | 1997-03-05 | 1998-09-11 | Diametrics | Method and apparatus for measurement of whole blood coagulation parameters |
CN1188702C (en) * | 1997-03-12 | 2005-02-09 | 株式会社京都第一科学 | Testing instrument for analyzing liquid sample |
GB9705667D0 (en) * | 1997-03-19 | 1997-05-07 | Jackson James R | Diagnostic and analytical devices |
JP3739537B2 (en) * | 1997-03-26 | 2006-01-25 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Measuring chip for optical analyzer |
US6093330A (en) * | 1997-06-02 | 2000-07-25 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Microfabrication process for enclosed microstructures |
EP0988523B1 (en) * | 1997-06-09 | 2013-08-14 | EMD Millipore Corporation | Method and apparatus for detecting microparticles in fluid samples |
AU730827B2 (en) | 1997-06-09 | 2001-03-15 | Caliper Technologies Corporation | Apparatus and methods for correcting for variable velocity in microfluidic systems |
US5992820A (en) * | 1997-11-19 | 1999-11-30 | Sarnoff Corporation | Flow control in microfluidics devices by controlled bubble formation |
JP3896435B2 (en) * | 1997-12-17 | 2007-03-22 | アークレイ株式会社 | Sensor and sensor assembly |
GB9800263D0 (en) * | 1998-01-08 | 1998-03-04 | Bio Diagnostics Ltd | A device for testing liquids |
SE520341C2 (en) * | 1998-01-14 | 2003-06-24 | Hemocue Ab | Method and procedure for mixing in a thin liquid state |
SE9800070D0 (en) * | 1998-01-14 | 1998-01-14 | Hemocue Ab | mixing method |
WO1999046591A2 (en) * | 1998-03-10 | 1999-09-16 | Strategic Diagnostics, Inc. | Integrated assay device and methods of production and use |
JP2004521738A (en) * | 1998-03-17 | 2004-07-22 | シーフィード | Unitary chemical treatment equipment |
US6391005B1 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 2002-05-21 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for penetration with shaft having a sensor for sensing penetration depth |
DE19815684A1 (en) | 1998-04-08 | 1999-10-14 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Process for the preparation of analytical aids |
GB9808836D0 (en) * | 1998-04-27 | 1998-06-24 | Amersham Pharm Biotech Uk Ltd | Microfabricated apparatus for cell based assays |
GB9809943D0 (en) * | 1998-05-08 | 1998-07-08 | Amersham Pharm Biotech Ab | Microfluidic device |
US6180536B1 (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2001-01-30 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Suspended moving channels and channel actuators for microfluidic applications and method for making |
GB2339615B (en) * | 1998-07-14 | 2001-02-07 | Cozart Bioscience Ltd | Screening device and method of screening an immunoassay test |
US6830934B1 (en) | 1999-06-15 | 2004-12-14 | Lifescan, Inc. | Microdroplet dispensing for a medical diagnostic device |
US6521182B1 (en) * | 1998-07-20 | 2003-02-18 | Lifescan, Inc. | Fluidic device for medical diagnostics |
US6087182A (en) * | 1998-08-27 | 2000-07-11 | Abbott Laboratories | Reagentless analysis of biological samples |
US6601613B2 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 2003-08-05 | Biomicro Systems, Inc. | Fluid circuit components based upon passive fluid dynamics |
US6591852B1 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 2003-07-15 | Biomicro Systems, Inc. | Fluid circuit components based upon passive fluid dynamics |
US6637463B1 (en) | 1998-10-13 | 2003-10-28 | Biomicro Systems, Inc. | Multi-channel microfluidic system design with balanced fluid flow distribution |
AU763497B2 (en) * | 1998-10-13 | 2003-07-24 | Biomicro Systems, Inc. | Fluid circuit components based upon passive fluid dynamics |
JP2002529729A (en) * | 1998-11-05 | 2002-09-10 | シェモメテック・アクティーゼルスカブ | Particle inspection method and system and device used in the method |
US6597439B1 (en) | 1999-02-12 | 2003-07-22 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for measurement of light from illuminated specimen eliminating influence of background light |
AU3508600A (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2000-09-14 | Orchid Biosciences, Inc. | Microstructures for use in biological assays and reactions |
FR2790684B1 (en) * | 1999-03-09 | 2001-05-11 | Biomerieux Sa | APPARATUS FOR CAPILLARITY TRANSFER OF LIQUIDS |
DE19912365A1 (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2000-09-21 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Multi-layer analytical tool |
US6183979B1 (en) * | 1999-03-24 | 2001-02-06 | International Technidyne Corporation | Preparation of dried synthetic prothrombin time reagents |
US6451610B1 (en) * | 1999-04-14 | 2002-09-17 | International Technidyne Corporation | Method and apparatus for coagulation based assays |
US6733985B1 (en) * | 1999-05-19 | 2004-05-11 | International Technidyne Corporation | Preparation of stable liquid and dried synthetic prothrombin time reagents |
US6485690B1 (en) | 1999-05-27 | 2002-11-26 | Orchid Biosciences, Inc. | Multiple fluid sample processor and system |
DE19919608A1 (en) * | 1999-05-27 | 2000-11-30 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Sample holder for the IR spectroscopy of sample liquids |
JP4503897B2 (en) † | 1999-07-07 | 2010-07-14 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Detection article having a fluid control film |
GB9917325D0 (en) | 1999-07-23 | 1999-09-22 | Clinical Diagnostic Chemicals | Apparatus for collecting a liquid sample |
WO2001013127A1 (en) * | 1999-08-11 | 2001-02-22 | Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha | Analyzing cartridge and liquid feed control device |
AU6933900A (en) | 1999-09-03 | 2001-04-10 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Method, reagent and test cartridge for determining clotting time |
US6319719B1 (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2001-11-20 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Capillary hematocrit separation structure and method |
US6750053B1 (en) * | 1999-11-15 | 2004-06-15 | I-Stat Corporation | Apparatus and method for assaying coagulation in fluid samples |
AU2431800A (en) * | 1999-12-15 | 2001-06-25 | Pentapharm Ag | Hematological assay and reagent |
US6451264B1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2002-09-17 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Fluid flow control in curved capillary channels |
US6406672B1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2002-06-18 | Roche Diagnostics | Plasma retention structure providing internal flow |
US6438498B1 (en) | 2000-02-10 | 2002-08-20 | I-Stat Corporation | System, method and computer implemented process for assaying coagulation in fluid samples |
CA2401118A1 (en) * | 2000-02-23 | 2001-08-30 | Zyomyx, Inc. | Microfluidic devices and methods |
US7485454B1 (en) * | 2000-03-10 | 2009-02-03 | Bioprocessors Corp. | Microreactor |
DE60141454D1 (en) * | 2000-03-14 | 2010-04-15 | Micronics Inc | MICRO FLUID ANALYSIS CASSETTE |
US6571651B1 (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2003-06-03 | Lifescan, Inc. | Method of preventing short sampling of a capillary or wicking fill device |
JP5046412B2 (en) * | 2000-04-06 | 2012-10-10 | カリパー・ライフ・サイエンシズ・インク. | Microfluidic device and system incorporating a coating layer |
AU6154101A (en) * | 2000-05-11 | 2001-11-20 | Caliper Techn Corp | Microfluidic devices and methods to regulate hydrodynamic and electrical resistance utilizing bulk viscosity enhancers |
WO2001088525A1 (en) * | 2000-05-12 | 2001-11-22 | University Of Cincinnati | Structurally programmable microfluidic systems |
RU2278612C2 (en) * | 2000-07-14 | 2006-06-27 | Лайфскен, Инк. | Immune sensor |
JP4384344B2 (en) * | 2000-08-09 | 2009-12-16 | 拓之 今野 | Blood coagulation time measurement method and apparatus using granular spot pattern by laser reflected light |
US6448024B1 (en) | 2000-10-03 | 2002-09-10 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Method, reagent, cartridge, and device for determining fibrinogen |
US8641644B2 (en) | 2000-11-21 | 2014-02-04 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Blood testing apparatus having a rotatable cartridge with multiple lancing elements and testing means |
GB0030929D0 (en) * | 2000-12-19 | 2001-01-31 | Inverness Medical Ltd | Analyte measurement |
US6558528B1 (en) * | 2000-12-20 | 2003-05-06 | Lifescan, Inc. | Electrochemical test strip cards that include an integral dessicant |
US20020108860A1 (en) * | 2001-01-15 | 2002-08-15 | Staats Sau Lan Tang | Fabrication of polymeric microfluidic devices |
US6925390B2 (en) * | 2001-01-15 | 2005-08-02 | Sau Lan Tang Staats | Customized microfluidic device design, ordering, and manufacturing |
AU2002243764A1 (en) * | 2001-01-31 | 2002-08-19 | Sau Lan Tang Staats | Microfluidic devices |
US20020100714A1 (en) * | 2001-01-31 | 2002-08-01 | Sau Lan Tang Staats | Microfluidic devices |
EP1409712A4 (en) * | 2001-04-10 | 2008-05-14 | Bioprocessors Corp | Microfermentor device and cell based screening method |
US6759009B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2004-07-06 | Portascience Incorporated | Method and device for clotting time assay |
US7041068B2 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2006-05-09 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Sampling module device and method |
US9795747B2 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2017-10-24 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation |
US7344507B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2008-03-18 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for lancet actuation |
US7749174B2 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2010-07-06 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for lancet launching device intergrated onto a blood-sampling cartridge |
US7033371B2 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2006-04-25 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Electric lancet actuator |
US9427532B2 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2016-08-30 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Tissue penetration device |
CA2448902C (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2010-09-07 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Self optimizing lancing device with adaptation means to temporal variations in cutaneous properties |
US8337419B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2012-12-25 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Tissue penetration device |
US7981056B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2011-07-19 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for lancet actuation |
US9226699B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2016-01-05 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Body fluid sampling module with a continuous compression tissue interface surface |
GB2378242B (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2005-08-03 | Univ Hull | Depth and concentration estimation |
US7776608B2 (en) * | 2001-07-09 | 2010-08-17 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Volume meter testing device and method of use |
US20060062696A1 (en) * | 2001-07-27 | 2006-03-23 | Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. | Optimized high throughput analytical systems |
US7060227B2 (en) * | 2001-08-06 | 2006-06-13 | Sau Lan Tang Staats | Microfluidic devices with raised walls |
US20030040129A1 (en) * | 2001-08-20 | 2003-02-27 | Shah Haresh P. | Binding assays using magnetically immobilized arrays |
DE10140699A1 (en) * | 2001-08-24 | 2003-03-13 | Roche Diagnostics Gmbh | Arrangement and method for examining the flowability of a physiological liquid sample |
US6919058B2 (en) * | 2001-08-28 | 2005-07-19 | Gyros Ab | Retaining microfluidic microcavity and other microfluidic structures |
FR2829286B1 (en) * | 2001-09-03 | 2008-04-04 | Ge Med Sys Global Tech Co Llc | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING X-RAYS |
EP1296133A1 (en) * | 2001-09-21 | 2003-03-26 | Jean Brunner | Miniature device for transport and analysis of a liquid sample and fabrication method therefor |
DE10148210B4 (en) * | 2001-09-28 | 2005-09-15 | Ibidi Gmbh | flow chamber |
DK1458483T3 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2014-02-24 | Ibidi Gmbh | flow chamber |
US7537731B2 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2009-05-26 | Panasonic Corporation | Specific binding analysis device |
US20040028559A1 (en) * | 2001-11-06 | 2004-02-12 | Peter Schuck | Sample delivery system with laminar mixing for microvolume biosensing |
US7061593B2 (en) * | 2001-11-08 | 2006-06-13 | Optiscan Biomedical Corp. | Device and method for in vitro determination of analyte concentrations within body fluids |
US6989891B2 (en) * | 2001-11-08 | 2006-01-24 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Device and method for in vitro determination of analyte concentrations within body fluids |
US6997343B2 (en) | 2001-11-14 | 2006-02-14 | Hypoguard Limited | Sensor dispensing device |
US6800849B2 (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2004-10-05 | Sau Lan Tang Staats | Microfluidic array devices and methods of manufacture and uses thereof |
US6864480B2 (en) * | 2001-12-19 | 2005-03-08 | Sau Lan Tang Staats | Interface members and holders for microfluidic array devices |
US6877892B2 (en) * | 2002-01-11 | 2005-04-12 | Nanostream, Inc. | Multi-stream microfluidic aperture mixers |
US20040131500A1 (en) * | 2002-01-18 | 2004-07-08 | Chow Herbert S. | Device and method for evaluating platelets |
JP2004003976A (en) * | 2002-04-05 | 2004-01-08 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Method for analyzing specific bond, and device used for the same |
EP1352688A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-15 | Jean Brunner | Miniaturized sample holder |
US7226461B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2007-06-05 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for a multi-use body fluid sampling device with sterility barrier release |
US8579831B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2013-11-12 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US7892183B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2011-02-22 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing |
US7229458B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2007-06-12 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US7491178B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2009-02-17 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US7901362B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2011-03-08 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US8267870B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2012-09-18 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling with hybrid actuation |
US8221334B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2012-07-17 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US7297122B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2007-11-20 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US9248267B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2016-02-02 | Sanofi-Aventis Deustchland Gmbh | Tissue penetration device |
US9314194B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2016-04-19 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Tissue penetration device |
US7331931B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2008-02-19 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US8372016B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2013-02-12 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for body fluid sampling and analyte sensing |
US7674232B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2010-03-09 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US7909778B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2011-03-22 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US8702624B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2014-04-22 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Analyte measurement device with a single shot actuator |
US7976476B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2011-07-12 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Device and method for variable speed lancet |
US8360992B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2013-01-29 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US7547287B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2009-06-16 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US8784335B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2014-07-22 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Body fluid sampling device with a capacitive sensor |
US7232451B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2007-06-19 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
US9795334B2 (en) | 2002-04-19 | 2017-10-24 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for penetrating tissue |
JP4095886B2 (en) * | 2002-05-08 | 2008-06-04 | 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ | Chemical analysis device and genetic diagnosis device |
US7198759B2 (en) * | 2002-07-26 | 2007-04-03 | Applera Corporation | Microfluidic devices, methods, and systems |
JP2004069397A (en) * | 2002-08-02 | 2004-03-04 | Nec Corp | Analysis chip and analytical apparatus |
KR100480338B1 (en) * | 2002-08-08 | 2005-03-30 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Microfluidic devices for the controlled movements of solution |
US7604775B2 (en) | 2002-08-12 | 2009-10-20 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid collecting and monitoring device |
GB0220338D0 (en) * | 2002-09-02 | 2002-10-09 | Secretary Trade Ind Brit | Production of variable concentration fluid mixtures |
KR100444751B1 (en) * | 2002-11-11 | 2004-08-16 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Device of Controlling Fluid using Surface Tension |
KR100471377B1 (en) * | 2002-11-20 | 2005-03-11 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Microfluidic Devices Controlled by Surface Tension |
US7094354B2 (en) * | 2002-12-19 | 2006-08-22 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Method and apparatus for separation of particles in a microfluidic device |
US8574895B2 (en) | 2002-12-30 | 2013-11-05 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus using optical techniques to measure analyte levels |
US20040132167A1 (en) * | 2003-01-06 | 2004-07-08 | Peter Rule | Cartridge lance |
US20040132168A1 (en) * | 2003-01-06 | 2004-07-08 | Peter Rule | Sample element for reagentless whole blood glucose meter |
US6983177B2 (en) * | 2003-01-06 | 2006-01-03 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Layered spectroscopic sample element with microporous membrane |
AU2004212464A1 (en) * | 2003-02-05 | 2004-08-26 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | A microchip-based system for HIV diagnostics |
US20040176705A1 (en) * | 2003-03-04 | 2004-09-09 | Stevens Timothy A. | Cartridge having an integrated collection element for point of care system |
US20040176704A1 (en) * | 2003-03-04 | 2004-09-09 | Stevens Timothy A | Collection device adapted to accept cartridge for point of care system |
GB0306098D0 (en) * | 2003-03-18 | 2003-04-23 | Platform Diagnostics Group Ltd | Sample testing device |
CA2522487A1 (en) * | 2003-04-15 | 2004-10-28 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Sample element qualification |
AU2004231988B2 (en) * | 2003-04-16 | 2010-04-15 | Drexel University | Acoustic blood analyzer for assessing blood properties |
US8153081B2 (en) | 2003-05-29 | 2012-04-10 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Test sensor and method for manufacturing the same |
ES2347248T3 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2010-10-27 | Pelikan Technologies Inc. | PROCEDURE AND APPLIANCE FOR FLUID INJECTION. |
WO2004107964A2 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2004-12-16 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Blood harvesting device with electronic control |
US20040248306A1 (en) * | 2003-06-09 | 2004-12-09 | Hernandez Juan J. | Microfluidic water analytical device |
WO2006001797A1 (en) | 2004-06-14 | 2006-01-05 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Low pain penetrating |
US9200245B2 (en) | 2003-06-26 | 2015-12-01 | Seng Enterprises Ltd. | Multiwell plate |
US20040265172A1 (en) * | 2003-06-27 | 2004-12-30 | Pugia Michael J. | Method and apparatus for entry and storage of specimens into a microfluidic device |
US20040265171A1 (en) * | 2003-06-27 | 2004-12-30 | Pugia Michael J. | Method for uniform application of fluid into a reactive reagent area |
US20080257754A1 (en) * | 2003-06-27 | 2008-10-23 | Pugia Michael J | Method and apparatus for entry of specimens into a microfluidic device |
US20050037508A1 (en) * | 2003-08-12 | 2005-02-17 | Juan Hernandez | Microfluidic titration apparatus |
US7347617B2 (en) * | 2003-08-19 | 2008-03-25 | Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. | Mixing in microfluidic devices |
US7682833B2 (en) | 2003-09-10 | 2010-03-23 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc. | Immunoassay device with improved sample closure |
WO2005033659A2 (en) | 2003-09-29 | 2005-04-14 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for an improved sample capture device |
US9351680B2 (en) | 2003-10-14 | 2016-05-31 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for a variable user interface |
RU2363951C2 (en) | 2003-10-29 | 2009-08-10 | Мек Динамикс Корп. | Micromechanical ways and devices for carrying out of analyses |
EP1682872A1 (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2006-07-26 | Bayer HealthCare LLC | Optical cuvette with platform-and-well construction |
US7494620B2 (en) * | 2003-10-30 | 2009-02-24 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Formats for optical analysis and methods of manufacturing the same |
US7655445B2 (en) * | 2003-11-12 | 2010-02-02 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Methods for synthesis of sulfated saccharides |
US7056286B2 (en) | 2003-11-12 | 2006-06-06 | Adrian Ravenscroft | Medical device anchor and delivery system |
DE10354806A1 (en) * | 2003-11-21 | 2005-06-02 | Boehringer Ingelheim Microparts Gmbh | sample carrier |
AU2004314536A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2005-08-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of enhancing signal detection of cell-wall components of cells |
US7399609B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2008-07-15 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Staphylococcus detection |
US7822454B1 (en) | 2005-01-03 | 2010-10-26 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Fluid sampling device with improved analyte detecting member configuration |
EP1706026B1 (en) | 2003-12-31 | 2017-03-01 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland GmbH | Method and apparatus for improving fluidic flow and sample capture |
US7150995B2 (en) | 2004-01-16 | 2006-12-19 | Metrika, Inc. | Methods and systems for point of care bodily fluid analysis |
GB2411002B (en) * | 2004-02-11 | 2006-12-20 | Facility Monitoring Systems Lt | Particle counter for liquids |
US7582264B2 (en) * | 2004-02-17 | 2009-09-01 | Ibidi Gmbh | Device for microfluid analyses |
CA2460898A1 (en) * | 2004-03-09 | 2005-09-09 | James Samsoondar | Apparatus and method for combining in vivo and in vitro testing |
GB0407267D0 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2004-05-05 | Univ Liverpool | Non-orthogonal monitoring of complex systems |
US7887750B2 (en) * | 2004-05-05 | 2011-02-15 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Analytical systems, devices, and cartridges therefor |
US9023641B2 (en) | 2004-05-13 | 2015-05-05 | Advanced Animal Diagnostics | Microfluidic device and leucocyte antigen mediated microfluidic assay |
US8323564B2 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2012-12-04 | Honeywell International Inc. | Portable sample analyzer system |
US8828203B2 (en) | 2004-05-20 | 2014-09-09 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Printable hydrogels for biosensors |
US9820684B2 (en) | 2004-06-03 | 2017-11-21 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for a fluid sampling device |
US9775553B2 (en) | 2004-06-03 | 2017-10-03 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for a fluid sampling device |
EP1944079B1 (en) * | 2004-06-11 | 2012-05-30 | Corning Incorporated | Microstructure designs for optimizing mixing and pressure drop |
US20060000710A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-05 | Klaus Peter Weidenhaupt | Fluid handling methods |
US20060001551A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-05 | Ulrich Kraft | Analyte monitoring system with wireless alarm |
US20060000709A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-05 | Sebastian Bohm | Methods for modulation of flow in a flow pathway |
US20060002817A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-05 | Sebastian Bohm | Flow modulation devices |
US8450297B2 (en) * | 2004-08-16 | 2013-05-28 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Rapid two-step synthesis of anti-coagulants |
JP2006076246A (en) * | 2004-09-13 | 2006-03-23 | Rohm Co Ltd | Substrate lamination method, chip forming method using the lamination method and chip |
WO2006036592A1 (en) * | 2004-09-23 | 2006-04-06 | University Of Washington | Microscale diffusion immunoassay utilizing multivalent reactants |
GB0423885D0 (en) * | 2004-10-28 | 2004-12-01 | Platform Diagnostics Ltd | Blood analysis |
WO2006047831A1 (en) * | 2004-11-03 | 2006-05-11 | Agen Biomedical Limited | Detection device and method |
WO2006061026A2 (en) * | 2004-12-09 | 2006-06-15 | Inverness Medical Switzerland Gmbh | A micro fluidic device and methods for producing a micro fluidic device |
US7682817B2 (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2010-03-23 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Microfluidic assay devices |
US8652831B2 (en) | 2004-12-30 | 2014-02-18 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Method and apparatus for analyte measurement test time |
WO2006074665A2 (en) * | 2005-01-12 | 2006-07-20 | Inverness Medical Switzerland Gmbh | A method of producing a microfluidic device and microfluidic devices |
ATE503578T1 (en) * | 2005-01-27 | 2011-04-15 | Boehringer Ingelheim Micropart | USE OF A DEVICE FOR EXAMINING SAMPLE FLUID |
US20070103678A1 (en) | 2005-02-14 | 2007-05-10 | Sterling Bernhard B | Analyte detection system with interferent identification and correction |
US7907985B2 (en) * | 2005-02-14 | 2011-03-15 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Fluid handling cassette with a fluid control interface and sample separator |
CA2507323A1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-13 | Chromedx Inc. | Diagnostic whole blood and plasma apparatus |
US20060233667A1 (en) * | 2005-04-19 | 2006-10-19 | Chromedx Inc. | Joint-diagnostic spectroscopic and biosensor apparatus |
CA2517299A1 (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2007-02-26 | Chromedx Inc. | Hollow needle assembly |
US20100245803A1 (en) * | 2005-04-12 | 2010-09-30 | Chromedx Inc. | Blood sample holder for spectroscopic analysis |
US20060228258A1 (en) * | 2005-04-12 | 2006-10-12 | Chromedx Inc. | Blood collection and measurement apparatus |
US7740804B2 (en) * | 2005-04-12 | 2010-06-22 | Chromedx Inc. | Spectroscopic sample holder |
US8206650B2 (en) * | 2005-04-12 | 2012-06-26 | Chromedx Inc. | Joint-diagnostic spectroscopic and biosensor meter |
US8377398B2 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2013-02-19 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Methods and compositions related to determination and use of white blood cell counts |
US20060275852A1 (en) * | 2005-06-06 | 2006-12-07 | Montagu Jean I | Assays based on liquid flow over arrays |
WO2006137334A1 (en) * | 2005-06-23 | 2006-12-28 | Arkray, Inc. | Analytical implement |
JP4653574B2 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2011-03-16 | 積水化学工業株式会社 | Method for measuring hemoglobin A1c |
CA2613078A1 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2007-01-04 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Systems and methods including self-contained cartridges with detection systems and fluid delivery systems |
WO2007006315A2 (en) * | 2005-07-07 | 2007-01-18 | Inverness Medical Switzerland Gmbh | A method of performing a test, a support instrument and a microliquid system comprising such support instrument |
EP2261719A3 (en) * | 2005-08-01 | 2011-03-30 | ibidi GmbH | sample chamber and method of fabrication |
US9561001B2 (en) | 2005-10-06 | 2017-02-07 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Fluid handling cassette system for body fluid analyzer |
CN1948966B (en) * | 2005-10-13 | 2010-09-01 | 财团法人工业技术研究院 | Micro passageway biological chip |
EP1950567B1 (en) * | 2005-10-18 | 2016-05-18 | Fujimori Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Apparatus for monitoring thrombus formation and method of monitoring thrombus formation |
US7723120B2 (en) * | 2005-10-26 | 2010-05-25 | General Electric Company | Optical sensor array system and method for parallel processing of chemical and biochemical information |
US8133741B2 (en) | 2005-10-26 | 2012-03-13 | General Electric Company | Methods and systems for delivery of fluidic samples to sensor arrays |
GB2433592A (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2007-06-27 | Pentapharm Ag | Assay for thrombin inhibitors |
JP4713397B2 (en) * | 2006-01-18 | 2011-06-29 | 株式会社リコー | Microchannel structure and microdroplet generation system |
ATE432125T1 (en) * | 2006-02-09 | 2009-06-15 | Hoffmann La Roche | 3D STRUCTURES BASED ON 2D SUBSTRATES |
US7837941B2 (en) | 2006-04-07 | 2010-11-23 | Agamatrix, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring alteration of flow characteristics in a liquid sample |
JP4915690B2 (en) * | 2006-05-23 | 2012-04-11 | 国立大学法人電気通信大学 | Micro chemical chip equipment |
US10753927B2 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2020-08-25 | ALERE TECHNOLOGIES GmbH | Methods for detecting an analyte |
US8247464B2 (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2012-08-21 | University Of Washington | Method of selective foaming for porous polymeric material |
US7763456B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2010-07-27 | University Of Washington | 3D micro-scale engineered tissue model systems |
US8403557B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2013-03-26 | University Of Washington | Micromixer using integrated three-dimensional porous structure |
EP2078199B1 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2013-03-06 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Magnetic and/or electric label assisted detection system and method |
JP4852399B2 (en) * | 2006-11-22 | 2012-01-11 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Two-component merger |
JP2008128907A (en) * | 2006-11-22 | 2008-06-05 | Fujifilm Corp | Micro channel chip |
WO2008070548A2 (en) * | 2006-12-01 | 2008-06-12 | Nanogen, Inc. | Fluidic volume dispense verification tool |
JP5105403B2 (en) * | 2006-12-06 | 2012-12-26 | 日本サーモスタット株式会社 | Temperature sensitive indicator |
EP2101917A1 (en) * | 2007-01-10 | 2009-09-23 | Scandinavian Micro Biodevices A/S | A microfluidic device and a microfluidic system and a method of performing a test |
JP2008185564A (en) * | 2007-01-31 | 2008-08-14 | Fujimori Kogyo Co Ltd | Inspection method and device for blood coagulation ability |
US20120154790A1 (en) * | 2007-03-20 | 2012-06-21 | Gary Bodily | Apparatus, system, and method for detecting chemicals |
US7883898B2 (en) * | 2007-05-07 | 2011-02-08 | General Electric Company | Method and apparatus for measuring pH of low alkalinity solutions |
US8597190B2 (en) | 2007-05-18 | 2013-12-03 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Monitoring systems and methods with fast initialization |
US20080318260A1 (en) * | 2007-06-20 | 2008-12-25 | Mec Dynamics Corporation | Methods and Apparatus for Measuring Blood Coagulation |
US9458451B2 (en) | 2007-06-21 | 2016-10-04 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Multi-channel optical measurement instrument |
US20090078657A1 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2009-03-26 | Honeywell International Inc. | Device for separation of particulates from a biological sample |
CN103323610B (en) | 2007-10-02 | 2016-12-28 | 赛拉诺斯股份有限公司 | Modular point-of-care devices and application thereof |
JP5251882B2 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2013-07-31 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Reaction chip and reaction method, temperature control mechanism for gene processing apparatus and gene processing apparatus |
US20100311616A1 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2010-12-09 | Tomoyuki Ozawa | Reaction chip and method of manufacturing the same |
US9145540B1 (en) | 2007-11-15 | 2015-09-29 | Seng Enterprises Ltd. | Device for the study of living cells |
US20110008776A1 (en) * | 2007-11-26 | 2011-01-13 | Atonomics A/S | Integrated separation and detection cartridge using magnetic particles with bimodal size distribution |
US8425840B2 (en) * | 2007-11-26 | 2013-04-23 | Fujimori Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Microchip and blood monitoring device |
US8372343B2 (en) * | 2007-12-07 | 2013-02-12 | Sheldon Goldstein | Multiple coagulation test cartridge and method of using same |
EP2237887A2 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2010-10-13 | Seng Enterprises Ltd. | Device for the study of living cells |
US7850917B2 (en) | 2008-03-11 | 2010-12-14 | Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. | Particle agglutination in a tip |
CN108088824B (en) * | 2008-03-14 | 2021-06-04 | 雅培快速诊断耶拿有限公司 | System for detecting analytes |
WO2009112038A2 (en) * | 2008-03-14 | 2009-09-17 | Scandinavian Micro Biodevices Aps | A microfluidic system and a method of performing a test |
FR2929135A1 (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2009-10-02 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | DEVICE FOR ALIQUOTAGE AND EXEMPTION OF A LIQUID |
WO2009126900A1 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2009-10-15 | Pelikan Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for analyte detecting device |
WO2009130976A1 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2009-10-29 | アークレイ株式会社 | Microchannel and analyzing device |
JP2011522521A (en) * | 2008-05-05 | 2011-08-04 | ロスアラモス ナショナル セキュリティ,エルエルシー | Highly simplified lateral flow-based nucleic acid sample preparation and passive fluid flow control |
US8063236B2 (en) * | 2008-05-08 | 2011-11-22 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Method for transferring N-atoms from metal complexes to organic and inorganic substrates |
CN102046806B (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2014-10-08 | 阿科尼生物系统公司 | Microarray system |
EP2304445B1 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2020-06-10 | Micropoint Bioscience Inc | Analytical cartridge with fluid flow control |
US8318439B2 (en) | 2008-10-03 | 2012-11-27 | Micronics, Inc. | Microfluidic apparatus and methods for performing blood typing and crossmatching |
FR2937050A1 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2010-04-16 | Inst Curie | CELL CULTURE DEVICE |
JP5729530B2 (en) * | 2008-11-14 | 2015-06-03 | 横河電機株式会社 | Capsule and chemical treatment cartridge |
US8448499B2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2013-05-28 | C A Casyso Ag | Cartridge device for a measuring system for measuring viscoelastic characteristics of a sample liquid, a corresponding measuring system, and a corresponding method |
US9375169B2 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2016-06-28 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Cam drive for managing disposable penetrating member actions with a single motor and motor and control system |
FR2943789B1 (en) * | 2009-03-26 | 2013-07-26 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHARACTERIZING THE DYNAMIC OF COAGULATION OR SEDIMENTATION OF A FLUID SUCH AS BLOOD OR BLOOD PLASMA |
WO2010122158A1 (en) * | 2009-04-23 | 2010-10-28 | Dublin City University | A lateral flow assay device for coagulation monitoring and method thereof |
EP2437887B1 (en) | 2009-06-04 | 2016-05-11 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Multiple-sample microfluidic chip for dna analysis |
JP5665864B2 (en) * | 2009-07-07 | 2015-02-04 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム マイクロパーツ ゲゼルシャフト ミットベシュレンクテル ハフツングBoehringer Ingelheim microParts GmbH | Plasma separation reservoir |
EP2456355B1 (en) | 2009-07-20 | 2016-09-14 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Adjustable connector and dead space reduction |
US9554742B2 (en) | 2009-07-20 | 2017-01-31 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Fluid analysis system |
FR2950358B1 (en) | 2009-09-18 | 2015-09-11 | Biomerieux Sa | SIMPLIFIED NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING THE SAME |
US9649211B2 (en) | 2009-11-04 | 2017-05-16 | Confluent Medical Technologies, Inc. | Alternating circumferential bridge stent design and methods for use thereof |
US10092427B2 (en) | 2009-11-04 | 2018-10-09 | Confluent Medical Technologies, Inc. | Alternating circumferential bridge stent design and methods for use thereof |
JP5340419B2 (en) * | 2009-12-25 | 2013-11-13 | 学校法人常翔学園 | Device having solid-liquid separation function, μ-TAS device, and solid-liquid separation method |
KR101444827B1 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2014-09-26 | 아키라 랩스 프라이빗 리미티드 | Diagnostic element, and a diagnostic device comprising a diagnostic element |
KR20120123066A (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2012-11-07 | 바스프 에스이 | Tampering detector and method |
WO2011094279A1 (en) * | 2010-01-26 | 2011-08-04 | The Board Of Governors For Higher Education, State Of Rhode Island And Providence Plantations | Planar labyrinth micromixer systems and methods |
KR100961874B1 (en) | 2010-04-05 | 2010-06-09 | 주식회사 나노엔텍 | Chip for analyzing fluids without outer powersource |
DK2555704T3 (en) | 2010-04-08 | 2019-08-05 | Hemosonics Llc | VIEW OF HEMOSTATIC PARAMETERS |
KR101787791B1 (en) * | 2010-04-14 | 2017-10-19 | 니토 보세키 가부시기가이샤 | Test instrument for measuring analyte in sample, and method for measuring analyte using same |
US8965476B2 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2015-02-24 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Tissue penetration device |
EP2580589B1 (en) | 2010-06-09 | 2016-08-31 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Measuring analytes in a fluid sample drawn from a patient |
MX2013004184A (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2013-07-29 | Lockheed Corp | Micro fluidic optic design. |
CN106323876B (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2020-02-14 | 西拉诺斯知识产权有限责任公司 | System and method for maximizing sample usage |
EP2676143B1 (en) | 2011-02-15 | 2023-11-01 | Hemosonics, Llc | Characterization of blood hemostasis and oxygen transport parameters |
US9272280B2 (en) | 2011-02-15 | 2016-03-01 | Hemosonics Llc | Device, systems and methods for evaluation of hemostasis |
WO2012159021A2 (en) | 2011-05-19 | 2012-11-22 | Hemosonics, Llc | Portable hemostasis analyzer |
GB201109203D0 (en) | 2011-06-01 | 2011-07-13 | Carclo Technical Plastics Ltd | Fluid flow control |
WO2013006716A1 (en) | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-10 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Sample cell for fluid analysis system |
JP5592324B2 (en) * | 2011-09-05 | 2014-09-17 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Coagulation activity measuring apparatus and measuring method |
US9619627B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2017-04-11 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for collecting and transmitting assay results |
US20140170735A1 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2014-06-19 | Elizabeth A. Holmes | Systems and methods for multi-analysis |
US8475739B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2013-07-02 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for fluid handling |
US9664702B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2017-05-30 | Theranos, Inc. | Fluid handling apparatus and configurations |
US9268915B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2016-02-23 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for diagnosis or treatment |
US9632102B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2017-04-25 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-purpose analysis |
US9250229B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2016-02-02 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-analysis |
US10012664B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2018-07-03 | Theranos Ip Company, Llc | Systems and methods for fluid and component handling |
US9810704B2 (en) | 2013-02-18 | 2017-11-07 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-analysis |
US20200110081A1 (en) * | 2011-09-26 | 2020-04-09 | Carnegie Mellon University | Devices and Methods for Detection and Quantification of Immunological Proteins, Pathogenic and Microbial Agents and Cells |
CA2857724C (en) * | 2011-12-06 | 2020-07-07 | Universite Libre De Bruxelles | Method and device for assaying an antigen present on erythrocytes or an antibody binding to an antigen present on erythrocytes |
US9322054B2 (en) | 2012-02-22 | 2016-04-26 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Microfluidic cartridge |
US9517474B2 (en) * | 2012-05-18 | 2016-12-13 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Devices and methods for separating particles |
ITUD20120137A1 (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2014-02-01 | Alifax Holding S P A | APPARATUS AND PROCEDURE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE SPEED OF SEDIMENTATION OF THE BLOOD AND OTHER PARAMETERS RELATED TO IT |
AU2013202778A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-10-02 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Systems, methods, and apparatuses for performing automated reagent-based assays |
US10386377B2 (en) | 2013-05-07 | 2019-08-20 | Micronics, Inc. | Microfluidic devices and methods for performing serum separation and blood cross-matching |
MX2016002797A (en) | 2013-09-06 | 2016-05-26 | Theranos Inc | Devices, systems, methods and kits for receiving a swab. |
CN111378568A (en) * | 2013-09-06 | 2020-07-07 | 赛拉诺斯知识产权有限责任公司 | Systems and methods for detecting infectious diseases |
WO2015095239A1 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2015-06-25 | Optiscan Biomedical Corporation | Systems and methods for detecting leaks |
JP6278772B2 (en) * | 2014-03-19 | 2018-02-14 | テルモ株式会社 | Blood glucose measurement chip |
CN103983769B (en) * | 2014-03-25 | 2015-11-18 | 中国海洋大学 | A kind of preparation method of nm of gold immunochromatography kapillary |
WO2015184302A1 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2015-12-03 | Microfluidics Corporation | Interaction chambers with reduced cavitation |
JP6359348B2 (en) * | 2014-06-06 | 2018-07-18 | キヤノンメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Sensor chip and liquid supply method to sensor chip |
US9901922B2 (en) * | 2014-07-25 | 2018-02-27 | General Electric Company | Sample collection and transfer device |
US9480981B2 (en) | 2014-07-25 | 2016-11-01 | General Electric Company | Sample collection and transfer device |
US10073091B2 (en) | 2014-08-08 | 2018-09-11 | Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. | Lateral flow assay device |
WO2016049557A1 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2016-03-31 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc. | Ellagic acid formulations for use in coagulation assays |
EP3954457A3 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2022-05-18 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc | Microfabricated device with micro-environment sensors for assaying coagulation in fluid samples |
US10114031B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2018-10-30 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc. | Single channel cartridge device for coagulation assays in fluid samples |
WO2016049533A1 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2016-03-31 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc. | Cartridge device with fluidic junctions for coagulation assays in fluid samples |
CN106999930B (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2020-09-08 | 雅培医护站股份有限公司 | Cartridge device with segmented jet for determining coagulation in a fluid sample |
EP3955003B1 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2023-06-21 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc | Sensors for assaying coagulation in fluid samples |
WO2016049552A1 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2016-03-31 | Abbott Point Of Care Inc. | Cartridge device identification for coagulation assays in fluid samples |
US10175225B2 (en) | 2014-09-29 | 2019-01-08 | C A Casyso Ag | Blood testing system and method |
US9897618B2 (en) | 2014-09-29 | 2018-02-20 | C A Casyso Gmbh | Blood testing system |
US10288630B2 (en) | 2014-09-29 | 2019-05-14 | C A Casyso Gmbh | Blood testing system and method |
US10539579B2 (en) | 2014-09-29 | 2020-01-21 | C A Casyso Gmbh | Blood testing system and method |
US10816559B2 (en) | 2014-09-29 | 2020-10-27 | Ca Casyso Ag | Blood testing system and method |
CN104880562A (en) * | 2015-04-08 | 2015-09-02 | 上海盛复源生物医药有限公司 | L-FABP (Liver-Fatty Acid Binding Protein) rapid detection reagent and preparation method thereof |
CN104880563A (en) * | 2015-04-08 | 2015-09-02 | 上海盛复源生物医药有限公司 | NGAL rapid detection reagent and preparation method thereof |
CA3162752A1 (en) * | 2015-04-09 | 2016-10-13 | Angle Europe Limited | Method for performing a biological assay |
USD777343S1 (en) | 2015-05-28 | 2017-01-24 | C A Casyso Ag | Body fluid cartridge device |
US10295554B2 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2019-05-21 | C A Casyso Gmbh | Blood testing system and method |
US10676719B2 (en) | 2015-07-31 | 2020-06-09 | University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. | Devices and methods for separating particles |
US9658223B2 (en) * | 2015-08-13 | 2017-05-23 | Olivia A Hallisey | Temperature-independent, portable, and rapid field detection of antigens |
WO2017056748A1 (en) * | 2015-09-28 | 2017-04-06 | パナソニックヘルスケアホールディングス株式会社 | Sensor for analyzing analyte, measurement device, and method for analyzing analyte |
KR20240031431A (en) * | 2016-03-23 | 2024-03-07 | 덴카 주식회사 | Method for forming sample addition part of immunochromatographic test device and immunochromatographic test device |
CN105973787B (en) * | 2016-06-29 | 2018-12-11 | 珠海科域生物工程股份有限公司 | A kind of flowing counting pool being integrated with reagent |
US10473674B2 (en) | 2016-08-31 | 2019-11-12 | C A Casyso Gmbh | Controlled blood delivery to mixing chamber of a blood testing cartridge |
KR102013184B1 (en) * | 2016-11-01 | 2019-08-22 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Method for preparing diene rubber latex, method for preparing abs graft copolymer and method for preparing abs molding product |
CN110461473B (en) * | 2016-11-16 | 2021-11-05 | 奎多公司 | Whole blood separation device |
US10258741B2 (en) | 2016-12-28 | 2019-04-16 | Cequr Sa | Microfluidic flow restrictor and system |
US10843185B2 (en) | 2017-07-12 | 2020-11-24 | Ca Casyso Gmbh | Autoplatelet cartridge device |
EP3662254A1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2020-06-10 | SBT Instruments A/S | Microfluidic particle analysis device |
EP3681638B1 (en) * | 2017-09-14 | 2022-04-20 | Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. | Improved liquid test sample dispensing device for the collection of liquid waste and methods of use related thereto |
CN108444801A (en) * | 2018-05-11 | 2018-08-24 | 石家庄禾柏生物技术股份有限公司 | A kind of reaction capsule with reducing row's bubble structure |
CN108931464B (en) * | 2018-07-24 | 2020-09-11 | 苏州水木康桥环境工程技术有限公司 | High-precision automatic PM2.5 component analysis device and working method thereof |
US10429377B1 (en) | 2019-03-15 | 2019-10-01 | Coagulation Sciences Llc | Coagulation test device, system, and method of use |
US11331674B2 (en) | 2019-04-29 | 2022-05-17 | Hach Company | Liquid mixing |
JP7368161B2 (en) | 2019-09-30 | 2023-10-24 | シスメックス株式会社 | Liquid feeding monitoring method and sample measuring device |
FR3131632A1 (en) * | 2021-12-31 | 2023-07-07 | Biomerieux | Biological sample analysis card, manufacturing process and quality control |
GB2616840A (en) * | 2022-03-18 | 2023-09-27 | Entia Ltd | A cuvette for analysing biological samples |
CN114778408B (en) * | 2022-04-12 | 2023-05-02 | 深圳市利和兴股份有限公司 | Waterproof test platform capable of automatically entering and exiting |
Family Cites Families (26)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE746089C (en) * | 1942-03-11 | 1944-06-10 | Holger J Hesse Dr Ing | Method and device for determining the coagulation time of fluids, especially blood |
US2610541A (en) * | 1948-01-05 | 1952-09-16 | Jr Ernest Lee Rowland | Blood testing apparatus |
US3233975A (en) * | 1962-03-05 | 1966-02-08 | Ames Lab Tek Inc | Prothrombin reaction chamber |
US3432268A (en) * | 1964-08-28 | 1969-03-11 | Peter Unger | Method and apparatus for testing cell suspensions |
DE1617732C2 (en) * | 1966-03-01 | 1972-12-21 | Promoveo-Sobioda & Cie, Seyssinet (Frankreich) | Device for examining living cells of microorganisms |
BE792465A (en) * | 1971-12-09 | 1973-03-30 | Atomic Energy Commission | PERFECTED ROTOR FOR ROTARY PHOTOMETRIC ANALYZER, ESPECIALLY SUITABLE IN WEIGHTNESS CONDITIONS |
US3799742A (en) * | 1971-12-20 | 1974-03-26 | C Coleman | Miniaturized integrated analytical test container |
US3898982A (en) * | 1972-11-13 | 1975-08-12 | Jintan Terumo Co | Capillary tube for blood examination |
US3856470A (en) * | 1973-01-10 | 1974-12-24 | Baxter Laboratories Inc | Rotor apparatus |
NL7304229A (en) * | 1973-03-27 | 1974-10-01 | ||
US3873217A (en) * | 1973-07-24 | 1975-03-25 | Atomic Energy Commission | Simplified rotor for fast analyzer of rotary cuvette type |
US3899296A (en) * | 1974-07-17 | 1975-08-12 | Us Energy | Whole blood analysis rotor for a multistation dynamic photometer |
US3901658A (en) * | 1974-07-30 | 1975-08-26 | Us Energy | Whole blood analysis rotor assembly having removable cellular sedimentation bowl |
SE399768B (en) * | 1975-09-29 | 1978-02-27 | Lilja Jan E | CYVETT FOR SAMPLING, MIXING OF, THE SAMPLE WITH A REAGENTS AND DIRECT PERFORMANCE OF, SPECIAL OPTICAL, ANALYSIS OF THE SAMPLE MIXED WITH THE REAGENTS |
GB1529195A (en) * | 1975-10-28 | 1978-10-18 | Geomet | Coagulation rate method and apparatus |
FR2349122A1 (en) * | 1976-04-23 | 1977-11-18 | Materiel Telephonique | Weapon training smoke simulator - has sighting device with optical fibre bundle and liquid crystals subjected to modulated alternating voltage |
IT1097442B (en) * | 1977-08-18 | 1985-08-31 | Guigan Jean | CONDITIONING DEVICE OF A LIQUID SAMPLE IN PREPARATION OF ITS ANALYSIS |
FR2409514A1 (en) * | 1977-11-17 | 1979-06-15 | Bretaudiere Jean Pierre | DEVELOPMENT OF CENTRIFUGATION ANALYSIS EQUIPMENT |
US4233029A (en) * | 1978-10-25 | 1980-11-11 | Eastman Kodak Company | Liquid transport device and method |
US4284602A (en) * | 1979-12-10 | 1981-08-18 | Immutron, Inc. | Integrated fluid manipulator |
JPS5711414A (en) * | 1980-06-25 | 1982-01-21 | Fujikura Ltd | Refractory insulated wire |
US4426451A (en) * | 1981-01-28 | 1984-01-17 | Eastman Kodak Company | Multi-zoned reaction vessel having pressure-actuatable control means between zones |
DE3134611A1 (en) * | 1981-09-01 | 1983-03-10 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim | METHOD FOR CARRYING OUT ANALYTICAL PROVISIONS AND MEANS SUITABLE FOR THIS |
DE3218037C2 (en) * | 1982-05-13 | 1985-07-18 | Kiesewetter, Holger, Dr., 5100 Aachen | Device for determining flow properties, in particular the flow shear stress, of suspensions, in particular blood |
DD217896A1 (en) * | 1983-07-13 | 1985-01-23 | Univ Schiller Jena | ARRANGEMENT FOR MEASURING THE AGGLUTINABILITY OF CELLUSUSPENSIONS |
DE3425008A1 (en) * | 1984-07-06 | 1986-02-06 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CARRYING OUT ANALYTICAL PROVISIONS |
-
1986
- 1986-07-01 US US06/880,793 patent/US4756884A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 EP EP19920101907 patent/EP0483117B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 EP EP19920102342 patent/EP0485368B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 EP EP19920103110 patent/EP0488994B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 DE DE19863689812 patent/DE3689812T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 EP EP19860110184 patent/EP0212314B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 DE DE19863650530 patent/DE3650530T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 DE DE19863650610 patent/DE3650610T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-24 DE DE19863650574 patent/DE3650574T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-07-29 CA CA 514890 patent/CA1275231C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-08-04 JP JP18205086A patent/JPH0658373B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1986-08-05 AU AU60884/86A patent/AU593001B2/en not_active Ceased
-
1992
- 1992-08-18 JP JP21928192A patent/JP2595422B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-08-18 JP JP21928292A patent/JPH07117546B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-08-18 JP JP21928092A patent/JPH0769330B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1994
- 1994-03-04 JP JP3492794A patent/JPH07104356B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9592509B2 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2017-03-14 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Flow passage device and method of transporting liquid using the same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP0488994A2 (en) | 1992-06-03 |
JPH0694722A (en) | 1994-04-08 |
EP0485368A3 (en) | 1992-08-26 |
JPH07117546B2 (en) | 1995-12-18 |
EP0212314A2 (en) | 1987-03-04 |
DE3650530T2 (en) | 1996-11-21 |
JPS62129759A (en) | 1987-06-12 |
JPH0769330B2 (en) | 1995-07-26 |
EP0488994B1 (en) | 1996-06-12 |
JP2595422B2 (en) | 1997-04-02 |
DE3689812D1 (en) | 1994-06-01 |
JPH0694723A (en) | 1994-04-08 |
EP0483117A2 (en) | 1992-04-29 |
US4756884A (en) | 1988-07-12 |
AU593001B2 (en) | 1990-02-01 |
AU6088486A (en) | 1987-02-12 |
DE3650574D1 (en) | 1996-10-31 |
JPH0694724A (en) | 1994-04-08 |
DE3650530D1 (en) | 1996-07-18 |
EP0488994A3 (en) | 1992-07-01 |
DE3650574T2 (en) | 1997-03-13 |
JPH07104356B2 (en) | 1995-11-13 |
JPH0792169A (en) | 1995-04-07 |
EP0485368A2 (en) | 1992-05-13 |
EP0212314B1 (en) | 1994-04-27 |
EP0212314A3 (en) | 1989-07-19 |
EP0485368B1 (en) | 1996-09-25 |
EP0483117B1 (en) | 1997-04-09 |
DE3689812T2 (en) | 1994-09-01 |
EP0483117A3 (en) | 1992-09-23 |
JPH0658373B2 (en) | 1994-08-03 |
DE3650610T2 (en) | 1997-09-25 |
DE3650610D1 (en) | 1997-05-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA1275231C (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US5144139A (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US4948961A (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US5140161A (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US5164598A (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US5004923A (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US4963498A (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US5204525A (en) | Capillary flow device | |
US5658723A (en) | Immunoassay system using forced convection currents | |
JP4529019B2 (en) | Male fertility assay method and device | |
US6136272A (en) | Device for rapidly joining and splitting fluid layers | |
EP0764046B1 (en) | Method and device for mixing liquids | |
US20020041827A1 (en) | Devices for Analyzing the Presence and Concentration of Multiple Analytes Using a Diffusion-based Chemical Sensor | |
WO1999052633A9 (en) | Test cartridge with a single inlet port | |
JPH07117540B2 (en) | Test equipment for agglutination test |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MKEX | Expiry |